PSB BANCGROUP INC
SB-2, 1998-01-13
Previous: PBHG ADVISOR FUNDS INC, N-1A, 1998-01-13
Next: GETTY REALTY HOLDING CORP, 8-A12B, 1998-01-13



As filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
on  January 13,  1998
                                          Registration File No._________________

================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                             ----------------------

                                    Form SB-2



             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

         --------------------------------------------------------------

                              PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

            Florida                        6712                  59-3454146
            -------                        ----                  ----------
  (State or jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
            

                             220 South First Street
                            Lake City, Florida 32025
                                 (904) 754-0002

                      ------------------------------------

                          (Address and telephone number
                         of principal executive offices)

                                Robert W. Woodard
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                             220 South First Street
                            Lake City, Florida 32025
                                 (904) 754-0002
           ----------------------------------------------------------

            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                              Copies Requested to:
                Herbert D. Haughton, Esq. or A. George Igler, Esq
                             Igler & Dougherty, P.A.
                              1501 Park Avenue East
                           Tallahassee, Florida 32301
                                 (904) 878-2411

Approximate  date of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable  after
this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933 check the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an Offering pursuant
to rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ] _________

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ] ________

If delivery  of the  Prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===================================================================================================================================
              Title of                                                 Proposed                Proposed
             each class                        Amount                   maximum                 maximum
            of securities                       to be                  offering                aggregate              Amount of
          to be registered                  registered(1)         price per share(2)       offering price(2)      registration fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>                          <C>                            <C>                  <C>                     <C>      
Common Stock $. 01 par value              1,333,000 shares               $9.00                $11,997,000             $3,635.00
Warrants                                     733,000                     $0.00                    $0                      $0.00
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Common Stock  ("Shares")  and Warrants are to be issued  during the Initial
     Offering  Period in Units  composed  of one Share and  Warrants to purchase
     additional  Common Stock.  Units will not be issued or certificated and the
     minimum  number of Units which may be  purchased  is 500 Units.  Shares and
     Warrants  will  be  detachable   upon  issuance  and  will  be  issued  and
     certificated  separately.  Shares issued after the Initial  Offering Period
     will not have Warrants attached.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee on the
     basis of the proposed maximum offering price per unit.

    The  Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the  Commission,  acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.

================================================================================

<PAGE>



       467,000 UNITS, EACH CONSISTING OF ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND ONE
                 PURCHASE WARRANT FOR ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
                                       and
       133,000 UNITS, EACH CONSISTING OF ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND TWO
              PURCHASE WARRANTS, EACH FOR ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
                                      
  Minimum: 500,000 Shares and Purchase Warrants ----- Maximum: 1,333,000 Shares


                           [LOGO] PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                         A Proposed Bank Holding Company
                                       for
                               PEOPLES STATE BANK
                               LAKE CITY, FLORIDA
                         A Proposed State-Chartered Bank

     PSB BancGroup,  Inc., a Florida corporation ("Company"),  hereby offers for
sale  1,333,000  shares  of  common  stock at a price of $9.00  per  share  (the
"Offering"). The Offering will be made in two phases as described below:

     During the first phase, the Initial  Offering  Period,  which is defined as
the 90 day  period  following  the  effective  date  ("Effective  Date")  of the
Registration  Statement  filed under the  Securities Act of 1933 as amended ("33
Act"),  and any extension by the Company in its sole discretion not to exceed 90
days,  600,000  shares  will be offered in "Units" at $9.00 per Unit.  Each Unit
consists of one share of Common Stock,  par value $0.01, of the Company ("Common
Stock") and  purchase  warrants  ("Warrant")  to purchase  additional  shares of
Common Stock at $9.00 per share.  See "TERMS OF THE  OFFERING -  Warrants".  The
minimum number of Units that may be purchased is 500.  Certificates  will not be
issued  for  Units as the  Units  are  immediately  separable  into  shares  and
warrants.  Only  certificates  for Common Stock and  Warrants  will be issued in
connection with the Offering. The minimum number of Units offered is 500,000 and
the Organizers intend to purchase,  in the aggregate,  at least 133,000 Units or
26.6% of the total minimum Offering.

     The second  phase  will  consist  only of shares  offered  pursuant  to the
exercise of Warrants  issued in the first  phase.  The Company will issue shares
pursuant to the exercise of Warrants  immediately  following  the closing of the
Initial  Offering  Period.  The  Company  has  reserved  733,000  shares of this
Offering to be issued upon the execution of Warrants.  Warrants may be exercised
immediately  after  issuance and will expire 48 months from the  Effective  Date
unless redeemed  sooner by the Company.  See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Warrants."
The offer of shares  pursuant to the  exercise of Warrants  will end when all of
the Warrants have been exercised or have expired.

     Actual  sales of Units and  shares to the public  are  expected  to be made
beginning  on or about  February 15 , 1998,  and end on or about March 15, 2002,
but  the  Offering  may be  terminated  earlier  by  the  Company  in  its  sole
discretion.  The Offering of Units and shares will be made on a continuous basis
under Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC") Rule 415. The Units and shares
of the Company  are offered on a  best-efforts  basis by certain  directors  and
executive  officers of the  Company,  who will receive no  commissions  for such
sales. All  subscription  funds tendered during the Initial Offering Period will
be deposited in an interest-bearing escrow account with the Independent Banker's
Bank of Florida  ("Escrow  Agent").  The  Offering  will be  terminated  and all
subscription funds,  together with any interest earned thereon, will be promptly
returned if all required conditional regulatory approvals have not been obtained
or the  minimum  number of Units have not been  subscribed  to by the end of the
Initial  Offering  Period.  August  1,  1998 is the  latest  date on  which  the
subscription  funds might be held in escrow  prior to their  return in the event
the  minimum is not reached or the Company  has not  satisfied  the  conditional
regulatory approvals.  Subscriptions obtained in the Offering may be accepted or
rejected in whole or in part by the Company for any reason.  Once a subscription
is accepted by the Company,  however, it cannot be withdrawn.  See "TERMS OF THE
OFFERING."

     Once  subscription  funds have been released by the Escrow Agent and shares
of the  Company's  Common  Stock  are  issued,  in the  event  the  Offering  is
terminated   because  of  the  Company's  failure  to  satisfy  the  conditional
regulatory  approvals,  subscribers  will not  receive  a full  refund  of their
subscription  payment.  See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Failure of Bank to Commence
Operations."

     The  Company  is a  "development  stage  company"  with no prior  operating
history. See "RISK FACTORS - Start-up Enterprise". Prior to this Offering, there
has been no public  market for the Common Stock and it is not  anticipated  that
there will be an active trading market for the shares. There can be no assurance
that an active  trading  market for such stock will  develop  since the  Company
presently  does not  intend  to seek to list  the  Common  Stock  on a  national
securities  exchange  or to  qualify  such  Common  Stock for  quotation  on the
National   Association  of  Securities   Dealers   Automated   Quotation  System
("NASDAQ").

INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY  INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK, AND INVESTORS  SHOULD
NOT  INVEST  ANY FUNDS IN THIS  OFFERING  UNLESS  THEY CAN  AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR
ENTIRE  INVESTMENT.  SEE "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 3 FOR A DISCUSSION OF
THOSE  RISKS  THAT  MANAGEMENT  BELIEVES  PRESENT  THE  SUBSTANTIAL  RISKS TO AN
INVESTOR IN THIS OFFERING.

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR SAVINGS DEPOSITS AND
ARE NOT  INSURED  BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION  OR ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY.  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SEC PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          THIS OFFERING IS BEING MADE ON A 500,000 UNIT MINIMUM BASIS.

=======================================================================================================================
                                                Price                     Underwriting
                                                  to                      Discounts and              Proceeds to
                                               Public(1)                 Commissions(2)            the Company(3)
<S>                                           <C>                              <C>                   <C>        
Per Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $9.00                         $0                       $9.00
Minimum(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $4,500,000                       $0                    $4,500,000
Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $11,997,000                      $0                    $11,997,000
=======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


(1)  Prior to this Offering, there has been no established market for the shares
     of  the  Company's   Common  Stock.  The  Offering  price  was  arbitrarily
     determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company and does not bear any
     relationship to the Company's  assets,  book value,  net worth or any other
     recognized  criteria of value. In the event a market should develop for the
     Common Stock after  completion of this Offering,  there can be no assurance
     that the market price will equal or exceed the Offering price herein.

(2)  The  securities  offered  hereby  will be sold on a  best-efforts,  minimum
     500,000  Unit basis by certain  directors  and  executive  officers  of the
     Company and no  commissions  will be paid on such sales.  See "TERMS OF THE
     OFFERING."

(3)  Before deducting Offering expenses,  estimated to be approximately  $26,000
     including  registration fees, legal and accounting fees, printing and other
     expenses. See "USE OF PROCEEDS" for an itemized statement of expenses.

(4)  These securities are offered on a best-efforts, 500,000 Unit minimum basis.
     If payment in cash for 500,000  Units is not  received  prior to the end of
     the  Initial  Offering   Period,   the  Offering  will  terminate  and  all
     subscription  funds,  together with any interest  earned  thereon,  will be
     promptly  returned to  subscribers.  The  Organizers  of the  Company  have
     indicated that they may be willing to subscribe for 15,000 additional Units
     in this  Offering,  not to exceed an aggregate of 148,000 Units or 29.6% of
     the minimum  Offering,  if  necessary  to help the Company sell the 500,000
     Units  necessary to release  subscription  proceeds  from the  Subscription
     Escrow  Account,  as  defined  herein and to  continue  the  Offering.  All
     purchases of Units by the Company's Organizers will be subject to affiliate
     resale  limitations  under  the 33 Act  and  any  additional  purchases  as
     described  herein  will  be  made  on the  same  terms,  including  Warrant
     provisions, as those made by other investors. The Organizers of the Company
     have  represented to the Company that all purchases of Common Stock will be
     made  for  investment  purposes  only and not  with a view to  resell  such
     shares. The maximum number of shares that will be sold in the Offering will
     be 1,333,000  shares.  See "RISK  FACTORS,"  "TERMS OF THE  OFFERING,"  and
     "ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."


       The Company reserves the absolute right to cancel all  subscriptions  and
return  all  subscription  funds,  together  with any income  realized  from the
investment of such funds,  for any reason  whatsoever,  at any time prior to the
time that the Company withdraws  subscription funds from the Subscription Escrow
Account. See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."

                 The date of this Prospectus is February__,1998.


                                        3

<PAGE>




                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         Prior  to the  Offering,  the  Company  has not been  required  to file
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act").

         The  Company  has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
("Commission") a Registration Statement on Form SB-2, as amended, (together will
all exhibits and schedules  thereto,  the  "Registration  Statement")  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended with respect to the registration of the Units
and shares offered by this  Prospectus.  This Prospectus does not contain all of
the  information  set  forth in such  Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits
thereto,  certain  parts of which are omitted in  accordance  with the rules and
regulations of the Commission.  For further information  pertaining to the Units
and Shares offered by this Prospectus and related matters,  reference is made to
the Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed as a part thereof. Each
statement in this Prospectus referring to a document filed as an exhibit to such
Registration  Statement  is qualified by reference to the exhibit for a complete
statement of its terms and conditions.

         The  Registration  Statement  filed by the Company can be inspected and
copied at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the Commission at its
Public Reference Section,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. The
Commission maintains a web site that contains  registration  statements reports,
proxy and information  statements and other  information  regarding  registrants
that file  electronically  with the Commission.  The address of such Web Site is
http://www.sec.gov.  Copies of exhibits may also be obtained by written  request
addressed  to: Robert W. Woodard,  220 South First  Street,  Lake City,  Florida
32025.


                           REPORTS TO SECURITY HOLDERS

         The Company intends to furnish annual reports to its shareholders which
will contain audited  financial  statements and quarterly  reports which contain
unaudited financial statements. In addition, the Company will be required, under
section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to file annual and quarterly reports with the
Commission.   Copies  of  such  reports  will  be  available  to  the  Company's
shareholders.

                                        4

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The  following  is a summary of certain  information  contained in this
Prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and
financial  statements  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.   Prospective
Investors are urged to read the entire Prospectus carefully.

                                  Risk Factors

         The  securities  offered  hereby  may be deemed to be  speculative  and
involve certain risks such as:

o        Start-up Enterprise
o        Dependency on Key Management
o        Financial Position of the Company and
         Expected Lack of Initial Profitability
o        Highly Competitive Banking Market
o        Unpredictable Economic Conditions
o        Extensive Governmental Regulation
o        No Plans to Pay Dividends in the
         Foreseeable Future
o        Possible Return of Less Than the
         Subscription Amount
o        Intended Purchases by Organizers
o        Anti-takeover Provision in Company's
         Articles of Incorporation
o        No Established Market for Shares
o        Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price
o        Absence of Preemptive Rights
o        Future Capital Needs of the Bank
o        No Underwriting of this Offering
o        Possible Dilution Resulting from Shares
         Issued Under Warrant Plan

For these and other  reasons,  the  purchase  of the Units and  shares is highly
speculative and involves  significant  investment risks. A prospective  investor
should carefully  consider the matters set forth under "RISK FACTORS" and should
be prepared to lose his or her entire investment.

                                   The Company

         PSB BancGroup,  Inc.  ("Company")  was organized  under the laws of the
State of Florida  on June 30,  1997,  for the  purpose  of  operating  as a bank
holding  company  pursuant to the Federal Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956,  as
amended ("BHC Act"). The Company intends to use the minimum net proceeds of this
Offering to purchase 100% of the common stock to be issued by Peoples State Bank
("Bank"),  to repay  organizational  expenses  and for other  general  corporate
purposes.  Neither the Company nor the Bank has commenced  business  operations,
and neither will do so until the Initial  Offering  Period is completed  and the
requisite   approvals  of  the  Florida   Department   of  Banking  and  Finance
("Department"), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal Reserve") are obtained. The
main office of the  Company and the Bank will be located in Lake City,  Columbia
County,  Florida.  It is  anticipated  that  the  Bank  will  commence  business
operations  sometime during the second quarter of 1998, or as soon thereafter as
practicable. With the exception that it will have no trust powers, the Bank will
operate  as a full  service  commercial  bank with  primary  emphasis  upon high
quality  service to meet the financial  needs of the  individuals and businesses
residing and located in and around Lake City,  Florida.  The  Company's  mailing
address is, 220 South First Street,  Lake City,  Florida 32025 and the telephone
number is (904) 754-0002. See "THE COMPANY".


                      Terms and Conditions of the Offering


Shares offered......... Up to 1,333,000  shares are being offered.  A minimum of
                        500,000 shares are required to be sold in this Offering.
                        See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."


                                        5

<PAGE>



Warrants............... During  the  Initial  Offering  Period  shares  will  be
                        offered to the public in Units with a Unit consisting of
                        one share of Common  Stock and one  Warrant.  During the
                        same period,  organizers listed herein under "MANAGEMENT
                        - Directors  and  Executive  Officers of the Company and
                        the Bank", will be offered Units consisting of one share
                        of Common  Stock and two  Warrants.  Each  Warrant  will
                        entitle  the  holder  thereof to  purchase  one share of
                        additional  Common  Stock for $9.00 per share during the
                        48  month  period   following  the  Effective   Date  of
                        Registration  of the shares.  Warrants  subscribed to in
                        the Initial Offering Period and subsequently issued will
                        expire 48 months from the Effective Date of Registration
                        unless  redeemed  sooner by the Company  pursuant to the
                        Warrant  Plan.   The  Warrants  are   transferrable   in
                        accordance  with the  Warrant  Plan.  See  "TERMS OF THE
                        OFFERING-Warrants";   Purchases  by  Organizers  of  the
                        Company.    

Common Stock    
Outstanding After the
Offering............... Minimum - 500,000 shares 
                        Maximum - 1,333,000 shares

Price.................. $9.00 per Unit or per share, whichever is applicable.

Use of Proceeds........ To purchase 100% of the issued and  outstanding  capital
                        stock of the Bank;  to provide  working  capital for the
                        Bank to  commence  its  business  operations  (including
                        officers' and employees'  salaries);  to pay expenses in
                        connection  with  the  formation  of  the  Company,  the
                        organization  of the Bank,  and this  Offering;  and for
                        other  corporate  purposes of the Company.  Proceeds not
                        used to  purchase  Bank  stock will be  retained  by the
                        Company  and  will  be  used  to  fund  future   capital
                        requirements   of  the  Bank,   as  well  as  for  other
                        permissible  investments  for  bank  holding  companies,
                        including the possible  acquisition  of other  financial
                        institutions. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

Conditions of
the Offering........... The Offering  will be made on a  continuous  basis under
                        Commission  Rule 415. The Offering will expire 48 months
                        from the  Effective  Date of  Registration  or sooner if
                        canceled by the Company.  Funds  received by the Company
                        during the Initial  Offering  Period  will be  deposited
                        with  the  Escrow  Agent.  Funds  so  deposited  may  be
                        released  to the  Company  only in  accordance  with the
                        terms of the Escrow  Agreement  between  the Company and
                        the Escrow Agent. The Offering will be terminated by the
                        Company  at the end of the  Initial  Offering  Period if
                        subscriptions  for 500,000  Units have not been received
                        and  deposited   with  the  Escrow  Agent  or  if  final
                        regulatory  approvals  have  not  been  received  by the
                        Company and the Bank,  or the Company has  canceled  the
                        Offering   prior   to   withdrawing   funds   from   the
                        Subscription Account.

                                        6

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

     PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS IN THE COMMON STOCK SHOULD GIVE CAREFUL ATTENTION TO
THE FOLLOWING  STATEMENTS  RESPECTING  CERTAIN RISKS APPLICABLE TO THE OFFERING,
WHICH RISKS  INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THOSE NOTED BELOW.  OTHER FACTORS OF
IMPORTANCE ARE SET OUT ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

Start-up Enterprise

     Neither the Company nor the Bank has commenced  business  operations.  Both
are newly organized entities with no operating history.  Thus,  investors in the
Common  Stock  are  subject  to the  risk  of  loss  of all or a part  of  their
investment.   Furthermore,   final  regulatory   approval  to  commence  banking
operations  will not be obtained until the Company has expended a portion of the
proceeds of this Offering to employ  personnel,  rent temporary office space and
pay  other   pre-opening   expenses.   The  Company  received  the  Department's
conditional approval of the proposed Bank's charter application on _____________
__,1998.  The Company  anticipates  conditional  approval of its application for
deposit insurance from the FDIC approximately . Finally,  the Company intends to
file an  application  to become a  one-bank  holding  company  with the  Federal
Reserve Bank of Atlanta during this Offering.  The conditional  charter approval
from the Department  requires that final approval to commence banking operations
be obtained  within twelve months after receipt of conditional  approval.  While
management  of the Company is  confident  that all of the  necessary  regulatory
approvals  will  be  obtained  there  can be no  assurance  that  the  foregoing
approvals  will be obtained.  In the event that the Company issues the shares of
Common Stock and final  approval to commence  banking  operations is not granted
within twelve  months after receipt of  preliminary  regulatory  approvals,  the
Company will solicit  shareholder  approval for its dissolution and liquidation.
In such event,  the Company will promptly return to subscribers all subscription
funds and interest  earned thereon,  less all expenses  incurred by the Company,
including the offering expenses,  the organizational and pre-opening expenses of
the Company and the Bank. In the event of  dissolution  and  liquidation,  it is
likely that subscribers will receive only a portion of their initial  investment
due to the foregoing  expenses.  See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Failure of Bank to
Commence Operations."

Dependency on Key Management

     Regulatory  approval to establish  and operate a  state-chartered  bank is,
among other  things,  dependent  upon the  Department's  approval of such bank's
proposed chief executive  officer.  Generally,  the chief executive officer of a
start-up financial institution is deemed to be vital to the potential success of
the new  institution.  The  Bank's  application  for a  charter  filed  with the
Department  proposed Robert W. Woodard as the Bank's Chief Executive Officer. In
the  event  of  death,  disability,  resignation  or  other  event  causing  the
unavailability  of Mr. Woodard,  final  regulatory  approval to commence banking
operations  would be  delayed  until  such  time as a  suitable  replacement  is
approved by the  Department.  The Company has obtained  "key-man" life insurance
for Mr.  Woodard in the amount of $250,000  which will defray the expenses  that
the Company and the Bank might incur if the opening of the Bank was delayed as a
result of his death.  The Company is the beneficiary of the key man policy.  See
"MANAGEMENT - Key Man Insurance".

Financial Position of the Company and Expected Lack of Initial Profitability

     The initial  activity of the Company will be to act as the sole shareholder
of the Bank.  Thus, the  profitability of the Company will be dependent upon the
successful operation of the Bank. Typically, new banks are not profitable in the
first year of operation and sometimes are not profitable for several years.  The
Bank will incur significant  expenses in establishing  itself as a going concern
and there can be no assurance that the Bank will be operated  profitably or that
future  earnings,  if any,  will meet the levels of earnings  prevailing  in the
banking industry.

Highly Competitive Banking Market

     With the exception  that it will not have trust powers,  the Bank will be a
full service commercial bank operating in Lake City,  Columbia County,  Florida.
Competition  among  financial  institutions in the Bank's primary market area is
intense.  The Bank  will  compete  with  other  state  banks,  consumer  finance
companies,  money market mutual funds,  and other financial  institutions  which
have  far  greater  financial  resources  than  those  available  to  the  Bank.
Additionally,  the Bank will compete with banks, savings institutions and credit
unions located in nearby markets which solicit  business from the Bank's Primary
Service Area. The Bank's size may also impact its ability to compete effectively
with larger institutions in offering other services.  For example, as a start-up
financial  institution,  the Bank's relatively small capital base may affect its
ability  to  compete  for  certain  types of  loans  due to  regulatory  lending
limitations.  If the Bank is unable to compete for deposits  effectively  in its


                                        7

<PAGE>



primary  service area, such inability would likely have an adverse effect on the
Bank's  potential  for growth and  profitability.  See  "BUSINESS  OF THE BANK -
Market Area and Competition."

Unpredictable Economic Conditions

     Commercial banks and other financial  institutions are affected by economic
and political conditions,  both domestic and international,  and by governmental
monetary policies. Conditions such as inflation,  recession,  unemployment, high
interest rates,  short money supply,  international  disorders and other factors
beyond the  control  of the  Company  and the Bank may  adversely  affect  their
profitability. See "BUSINESS OF THE BANK - Monetary Policies."

Extensive Governmental Regulation

     The Company and the Bank will operate in a highly regulated environment and
will be subject to  supervision  by several  governmental  regulatory  agencies,
including the Federal Reserve, the Department,  the FDIC and the Commission. The
regulations  governing  the  Company  and  the  Bank  are  intended  to  protect
depositors,  not  shareholders.  The Company and the Bank will be  vulnerable to
future  legislation  and  government  policy,  including bank  deregulation  and
interstate  expansion,  which could adversely  affect the banking  industry as a
whole,  including the operations of the Company and the Bank.  See  "SUPERVISION
AND REGULATION."

No Plans to Pay Dividends in the Foreseeable Future

     It is not  anticipated  that the Company will  distribute  any dividends to
shareholders  in the  foreseeable  future.  Earnings  of the Bank,  if any,  are
expected  to be  retained  by the  Bank to  enhance  its  capital  structure  or
distributed to the Company to defray its operating costs. Dividend distributions
of state banks are restricted by statute and regulation. See "DIVIDEND POLICY."

Intended Purchases by Organizers

     The Organizers  presently intend to purchase 133,000 Units in the Offering,
which will equal  26.6% of the  minimum of 500,000  Units  required  in order to
release  subscription   proceeds  from  the  Subscription  Escrow  Account.  See
"ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS." However, the Organizers have indicated
that they may be willing to subscribe  for  additional  Units in the Offering if
necessary to help the Company  complete the Offering and release  proceeds  from
the  Subscription  Escrow  Account.  Total  purchases by the Organizers will not
exceed  148,000  Units in the  aggregate,  which will equal 29.6% of the 500,000
Units.  The  Organizers  have  represented  to the Company that all purchases of
Common Stock will be made for  investment  purposes  only and not with a view to
resell such shares.

Failure of the Bank to Commence Operations; Return of Subscription Funds

     Before the Bank can open for  business it must obtain final  approval  from
both the Department and the FDIC. In the event that the Company issues shares of
Common Stock and such  approvals  are not  obtained,  the Company will return to
subscribers only those funds remaining after deduction for expenses  incurred by
the Company for this Offering and the organizational and preopening  expenses of
the  Company  and the Bank.  In the event  final  regulatory  approvals  are not
obtained,  subscribers  will be  entitled to a return of only a portion of their
subscription  funds.  See,  "TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Failure of Bank to Commence
Operations."

Possible Creditors Claims against the Company

     Once the Company  issues the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  the
Offering proceeds may be considered part of general corporate funds and thus may
be subject to the claims of creditors of the Company,  including  claims against
the Company that may arise out of actions of the Company's officers,  directors,
or employees. It is possible,  therefore, that one or more creditors may seek to
attach the proceeds of the Offering prior to the Bank's  commencement of banking
operations.  If such an attachment occurs and it becomes necessary to refund the
subscription  proceeds  to  shareholders  because  of the  failure to obtain the
required regulatory  approvals,  the refund process might be delayed and will be
reduced by the amount of the attachment.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

     The Company's  Articles of Incorporation  ("Articles")  contain  provisions
requiring  supermajority  shareholder  approval to effect certain  extraordinary
corporate  transactions  which are not approved by the Board of  Directors.  The
effect of these provisions is to make it more difficult to effect a merger, sale


                                        8

<PAGE>



of control or similar  transaction  involving the Company even though a majority
of the  Company's  shareholders  may  vote in favor  of such a  transaction.  In
addition,  the  Company's  Articles  provide for classes of  Directors,  whereby
one-third  of the members of the Board of  Directors  shall be elected each year
and each director of the Company will serve for a term of three years.  Finally,
the Company's Articles provide that Florida's Control-Share  Acquisition Statute
shall  apply to  acquisitions  of control  shares,  as defined  therein,  of the
Company's  Common  Stock.  The  effect  of these  provisions  is to make it more
difficult to effect a change in control of the Company  through the  acquisition
of a large block of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  See  "DESCRIPTION  OF COMMON
STOCK" and "Appendix A."

No Established Market for Shares

     Presently there is no established market for the Common Stock. There can be
no assurance that an established  public market will develop for such securities
upon completion of this Offering or whether  substantial trading activity in the
Shares will occur for several years, if at all. Moreover,  in the event that the
Organizers  subscribe for additional  Units in this Offering in order to achieve
the minimum subscription level necessary to release  subscription  proceeds from
the  Subscription  Escrow  Account,  an established  public market of the Common
Stock will be less likely to  develop.  As a result,  investors  who may need or
wish to dispose of all or a part of their investment in the Common Stock may not
be able to do so except by private,  direct negotiations with third parties. The
Company does not presently intend to seek to list the Common Stock on a national
securities  exchange or to qualify such Common Stock for quotation on NASDAQ. At
such time as the Company's  stock  qualifies for listing on NASDAQ,  the Company
may seek to list the Shares for quotation.

Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price

     Prior to this Offering there has been no established  market for the shares
of the Company's Common Stock. The Offering price was arbitrarily  determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company, and does not bear any relationship to the
Company's  assets,  book value,  net worth or any other  recognized  criteria of
value. In determining the Offering price of the shares, the Department's capital
requirements  for the Bank and general  market  conditions  for the sale of such
securities were considered.  In the event a market should develop for the Common
Stock after  completion  of this  Offering,  there can be no assurance  that the
market price will equal or exceed the Offering price herein.

Absence of Shareholder Preemptive Rights

     No holder of the Common  Stock of the Company will have  preemptive  rights
with respect to the  issuance of shares of any class of stock.  The total number
of shares of all  classes  of capital  stock  which the  Company  shall have the
authority to issue is  10,000,000  shares,  consisting  of  8,000,000  shares of
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
par value  $0.01 per share.  Each share of Common  Stock is entitled to one vote
per  share  in all  matters  requiring  a vote of  shareholders.  The  Board  of
Directors of the Company could from time to time  determine to issue  additional
shares of the authorized  Common Stock in addition to the shares offered hereby,
as well  as,  one or more  series  of  Preferred  Stock  and in such  event  the
ownership interest of the subscribers in this Offering may be diluted.

Future Capital Needs of the Bank

     The Board of  Directors of the Company may  determine  from time to time to
obtain  additional  capital  through the  issuance of  additional  shares of the
authorized  Common  Stock or  Preferred  Stock of the  Company.  There can be no
assurance  that such  shares  will be issued at prices or on terms  equal to the
initial Offering price and terms of this Offering.

No Underwriter of This Offering

     This Offering is being made without the services of an  underwriter.  Sales
of the Company's  Units and shares will be solicited  only by certain  executive
officers and  directors of the Company.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance
that all of the Units or shares offered hereby will be sold at the expiration of
the Offering period. See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."

Possible Dilution Resulting From Warrants

     Warrants  issued in this  Offering are  transferable  if  transferred  with
shares  on a one for one  basis.  Shareholders  who do not,  or are not able to,
exercise  warrants  received  in this  Offering  may suffer a dilution  of their
investments  in terms of book value and in the  percentage of total  outstanding
shares with  respect to the shares  received in this  Offering if other  warrant
holders exercise their Warrants and the book value of the shares is greater than
$9.00 at the time of such  exercise.  In addition,  an individual  shareholder's
percentage  of  ownership  may also be  affected  if such  shareholder  fails to
exercise his or her Warrant and other shareholders exercise Warrants. Organizers


                                        9

<PAGE>



are purchasing Units containing two Warrants,  and non-organizers are purchasing
Units containing one Warrant. The exercise of Warrants by Organizers will result
in  Organizers   increasing  their  percentage  of  ownership  thereby  diluting
non-organizers'  percentage  of ownership.  Assuming the sale of 500,000  Units,
133,000 of which  contain two Warrants and 367,000 of which contain one Warrant,
and the  exercise of all Warrants  held by  Organizers  and no Warrants  held by
non-organizers,  then the  Organizers  aggregate  percentage of ownership  would
increase  from 26.6 percent to 52.71  percent of the total  shares  outstanding.
Assuming the  exercise of all Warrants  outstanding  the  Organizers  percent of
ownership  would increase from 26.6 percent to 30.45 percent of the total shares
outstanding. See "ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."

Possible Return of Less Than the Subscription Amount

     The  Company  expects  to issue the  shares of Common  Stock  before it has
obtained  all final  regulatory  approvals  for the Bank.  In the event that the
Company issues the shares of Common Stock and the Department  does not grant the
Bank final regulatory  approval to commence banking  operations within 12 months
after the Bank's  receipt  of  preliminary  approval  from the  Department,  the
Company will promptly return to subscribers all subscription  funds and interest
earned  thereon,  less all  expenses  incurred  by the  Company,  including  the
expenses of the Offering and the organizational and pre-opening  expenses of the
Company and the Bank.

     Once the Company  issues the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  the
Offering proceeds may be considered part of general corporate funds and thus may
be subject to the claims of creditors of the Company,  including  claims against
the Company that may arise out of actions of the Company's officers,  directors,
or employees. It is possible,  therefore, that one or more creditors may seek to
attach the proceeds of the Offering prior to the Bank's  commencement of banking
operations.  If such an  attachment  occurs and it becomes  necessary to pay the
subscription  funds to  shareholders  because of failure to obtain all necessary
regulatory  approvals,  the payment process might be delayed;  and if it becomes
necessary  to  pay  creditors  from  the  subscription  funds,  the  payment  to
shareholders might be further reduced.

Minimum and Maximum Lending Limits

     Florida Law allows a state bank to extend  credit to any one borrower in an
amount up to 25% of its capital accounts, provided that the unsecured portion of
any such loan may not exceed 15% of the capital accounts of the bank. Based upon
the proposed  investment of $4,200,000 in capital stock of the Bank, the maximum
loan  the  Bank  will be  permitted  to make is  $1,050,000,  provided  that the
unsecured portion may not exceed $630,000.  Assuming the maximum proceeds of the
Offering were invested in the Bank, the maximum loan the Bank would be permitted
to make would be $3,224,000 provided that the unsecured portion could not exceed
$1,935,000.

                                   THE COMPANY

     PSB BancGroup,  Inc.  ("Company")  was  incorporated  under the laws of the
State of Florida on June 30, 1997, to operate as a bank holding company pursuant
to the BHC Act, and to purchase 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of Peoples State Bank, a  state-chartered  commercial bank to be organized under
the laws of Florida  ("Bank"),  which will conduct a general banking business in
Lake City,  Florida.  The  Organizers  filed an  Application  for  Authority  to
Organize with the  Department  on October 1, 1997.  On the Company  received the
Department's  conditional  approval  to  Organize.  The  Company  also filed its
application  for deposit  insurance  with the FDIC on  November  12 , 1997,  and
intends to file an  application  to become a one-bank  holding  company with the
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta during this Offering.  Upon obtaining regulatory
approval,  the Company will be a  registered  bank  holding  company  subject to
regulation by the Federal Reserve.

     The Bank expects to commence  operations  sometime in the second quarter of
1998.  See  "BUSINESS  OF THE BANK." The  Organizers  of the  Company  are seven
individuals,  all of whom reside in Columbia County,  Florida. There are six (6)
additional  persons who will serve as  organizers of the Bank and who will serve
on the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank,  but not the  Company,  (hereinafter
collectively the "Organizers" and if individually "Organizer").  See "ORGANIZERS
AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS." Five of the Organizers of the Company will serve on
the initial Board of Directors of the Company and eight of the  Organizers  will
serve on the initial Board of Directors of the Bank. See "MANAGEMENT."

     Initially the principal offices of the Company and the Bank will be located
in a 1,440 square foot modular  banking  office at 500 South First Street,  Lake
City,  Florida  32025.  See  "BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY -  Premises."  The mailing
address of the  Company's  present  office,  which it will occupy until the Bank
opens for business,  is 220 South First Street, Lake City, Florida 32025 and its
telephone number is (904) 754-0002.



                                       10

<PAGE>



                              TERMS OF THE OFFERING

General

     The  Company is Offering  hereunder  up to  1,333,000  shares of its Common
Stock  for cash at a price of $9.00  per  share.  During  the  Initial  Offering
Period, the Company will offer 600,000 Units at a price of $9.00 per Unit. For a
48 month period  following the effective date of  Registration  the Company will
issue up to  733,000  shares  pursuant  to the  Company's  Warrant  Plan and the
Warrants  issued  thereunder.  A minimum  subscription of 500 Units or shares is
required for each subscription hereunder.  No single individual investor,  other
than  individual  Organizers,  may  subscribe for more than 25,000 Units or more
than 5% of the total  number of shares  issued or  subscribed  for at the time a
subscription is received by the Company during the Initial Offering Period.  The
purchase  price of $9.00 per Unit or share shall be paid in full upon  execution
and  delivery  of the  Subscription  Agreement.  All  subscriptions  tendered by
investors  are subject to  acceptance  by the Board of  Directors of the Company
through its duly authorized Subscription Committee, and the Company reserves the
absolute  and  unqualified  right to reject or reduce any  subscription  for any
reason  prior to  acceptance.  Furthermore,  the Company  reserves  the right to
cancel this Offering at any time prior to the time the Company  withdraws  funds
from the Subscription Escrow Account, for any reason whatsoever.

Warrants

     Each  investor  who  subscribes  during the  Initial  Offering  Period will
receive  a  Warrant,  which  will  be  immediately  exercisable,  entitling  the
subscriber  to  purchase  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  each  Unit
purchased.   Subscribers  who  are  also  Organizers,  may  subscribe  to  Units
containing  two Warrants.  Subscribers  who are not  Organizers may subscribe to
Units containing one Warrant.  Warrants  subscribed to during this 90 day period
(or 180 day period if extended) will expire 48 months from the Effective Date of
Registration  unless redeemed sooner in accordance with the terms of the Warrant
Plan.  Unexpired  Warrants may be exchanged for shares upon the payment of $9.00
per share to the Company,  subject to the requirement that the minimum number of
shares  which  will be issued  upon any  single  presentment  will be 100 shares
unless the  Warrant  presented  is for less than 100  shares,  at which time all
shares must be purchased.  Certificated  Warrants may be transferred by a holder
in accordance with the Warrant Plan.

No Established Market

     Prior to this Offering there has been no established  public market for the
shares of the Common Stock and/or Warrants and there can be no assurance that an
established  market for such stock or Warrants will develop.  The Offering price
has been  arbitrarily  determined  and is not a reflection of the Company's book
value, net worth or any other such recognized  criteria of value. In determining
the  Offering  price  of the  Common  Stock,  the  capital  requirements  of the
Department  for the  Bank and  general  market  conditions  for the sale of such
securities were  considered.  There can be no assurance that, if a market should
develop for the Common Stock or Warrants,  the  post-Offering  market price will
equal or exceed the initial Offering price.

Plan of Distribution

     Pursuant to Commission Rule 415, (17 C.F.R.  Section 230.415),  the Company
intends to offer the Units and shares on a  continuous  basis for a period of up
to four years from the Effective Date.

     Beginning on the Effective  Date the Company will offer the shares in Units
to the public for a period of 90 days,  unless extended by the Company for up to
90 days in its sole discretion (the Initial Offering Period). During this period
the Company will offer  600,000  shares of the total  1,333,000  shares  offered
herein at a price of $9.00 per Unit.  Units  consisting of the Company's  shares
and Warrants will be offered by officers and directors of the Company  primarily
to persons who work or reside in Columbia County,  Florida. To a limited extent,
Units will be  offered  to  friends,  acquaintances  and  family  members of the
Organizers,  some of whom live outside the Columbia County community and some of
whom live  outside of the State of Florida.  Persons  indicating  an interest in
acquiring  Common Stock will be provided with a copy of this Prospectus prior to
the Company accepting subscription funds. Subscriptions will be accepted only if
accompanied by a proper  Subscription  Agreement.  During this Initial  Offering
Period the Company will conduct its first Closing if the conditions  required to
Close have been met. Units  subscribed to by Organizers  during this period will
consist of one share of Common Stock and two Warrants while Units  subscribed to
by Non-Organizers will consist of one share of Common Stock and one Warrant.

     Warrant holders may acquire  shares,  subject to the minimum share purchase
limit,  by  executing  a  Warrant  Certificate  any time  during  the 48  months
following the Effective Date of Registration  and delivering  such  Certificate,
along with the Warrant price of $9.00 per share,  to the Company's  Secretary at


                                       11

<PAGE>



its corporate office.  See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Conditions of the Offering."
Warrants  redeemed by the Company prior to the expiration of the 48 month period
must be converted to shares within 45 days of notice to warrant holders pursuant
to the Warrant Plan.

Conditions of the Offering

     The Offering  will expire at 5:00 p.m.  Eastern  Time,  on _______ __, 2002
(the "Expiration Date"). The Offering is expressly  conditioned upon fulfillment
of the following conditions ("Offering  Conditions") within the Initial Offering
Period. The Offering Conditions, which may not be waived, are as follows:

     (a)  Subscriptions  for not less than $4,500,000  shall have been deposited
with the Escrow Agent consisting of $4,322,610 in cash and $177,390  represented
by Organizers'  shares  currently  issued and outstanding  which are mandatorily
convertible  into Units within 90 days from the Effective Date of  Registration,
unless   extended  by  the  Company  for  up  to  90  days  or  not  later  than
________________, 1998. See "Purchases by Organizers of the Company.";

     (b) The Company shall have received  conditional  approval from the Federal
Reserve of its application to become a one-bank holding company,  the Organizers
shall have received conditional approval from the Department to charter the Bank
and  the  proposed  Bank  shall  have  received   conditional  approval  of  its
application for deposit insurance from the FDIC; and

     (c) The Company shall not have  canceled  this  Offering  prior to the time
funds are withdrawn from the Subscription Escrow Account.

Escrow of Subscription Funds

     All subscription  funds and documents  tendered by investors will be placed
in the  Subscription  Escrow  Account  with  the  Independent  Bankers'  Bank of
Florida,  Orlando, Florida ("Escrow Agent"), pursuant to the terms of the Escrow
Agreement,  the form of which is attached to this  Prospectus  as Appendix  "B".
Upon receipt of a  certification  from the Company  during the Initial  Offering
Period  that:  (i) the  required  conditional  regulatory  approvals  have  been
received;  and (ii)  subscriptions  totaling not less than  $4,500,000 have been
received,  the Escrow Agent will release all subscription  funds, and any income
received thereon, to the Company.

     Pending  disposition  of the  Subscription  Escrow Account under the Escrow
Agreement,  the Escrow Agent is  authorized,  upon  instructions  to be given by
either  Robert W.  Woodard or Alton C.  Milton to invest  subscription  funds in
direct  obligations  of the United  States  Government,  in  short-term  insured
certificates  of deposit  and/or money market  management  trusts for short-term
obligations of the United States  Government,  with  maturities not to exceed 90
days. The Company will invest the  subscription  funds in a similar manner after
breaking  escrow and prior to the time that the Company infuses capital into the
Bank. The Offering  proceeds will be used to purchase  capital stock of the Bank
and to repay expenses  incurred in the organization of the Company and the Bank.
See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

     In the  event  the  Offering  Conditions  are not met  within  the  Initial
Offering  Period  or  the  Offering  is  terminated  by  the  Company  prior  to
withdrawing the  Subscription  Funds,  the Escrow Agent shall promptly return to
the subscribers their subscription funds, together with their allocated share of
income,  if any,  earned on the investment of the  Subscription  Escrow Account.
Each Subscriber's  proportionate  share of Subscription  Escrow Account earnings
shall be that  fraction (i) the  numerator of which is the dollar amount of such
subscriber's tendered subscription  multiplied by the number of days between the
date  of  acceptance  of  the  investor's  subscription  and  the  date  of  the
termination of the Offering,  inclusive  (the  subscriber's  "Time  Subscription
Factor"),  and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate Time  Subscription
Factor of all investors depositing subscription funds in the Subscription Escrow
Account. The latest date to which the subscription funds might be held in escrow
prior to their  return in the event the minimum is not  reached or the  required
regulatory approvals are not received is July 1, 1998.

     In the event that the  Company  issues  the shares of Common  Stock and the
Department does not authorize the Bank to commence banking  operations within 12
months after the Bank's  receipt of  preliminary  conditional  approval from the
Department,  the Company will promptly  return to subscribers  all  subscription
funds and interest  earned thereon,  less all expenses  incurred by the Company,
including the expenses of the Offering and the  organizational  and  pre-opening
expenses of the Company  and the Bank.  See "TERMS OF THE  OFFERING - Failure of
Bank to Commence Operations."

     NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT  SUBSCRIPTION  FUNDS CAN OR WILL BE INVESTED
AT THE HIGHEST RATE OF RETURN AVAILABLE OR THAT ANY INCOME WILL BE REALIZED FROM
THE INVESTMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION FUNDS.


                                       12

<PAGE>



     If all Offering  Conditions  are satisfied,  and the Company  withdraws the
subscription  funds from the Subscription  Escrow Account,  all earnings on such
account shall belong to the Company.

     The  Independent  Bankers' Bank of Florida,  by accepting  appointments  as
Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement,  in no way endorses the purchase of the
Company's securities by any person.

Failure of Bank to Commence Operations

     The  Department  requires  that a new state bank open for  business  (i.e.,
obtain a  certificate  of  authorization)  within 12  months  after  receipt  of
preliminary  approval from the  Department.  The Organizers  anticipate that the
Bank will open for  business  sometime  in the second  quarter of 1998.  Because
final approval of the Bank's  charter is  conditioned  on the Company's  raising
funds to capitalize  the Bank at  $4,200,000,  the Company  expects to issue the
shares of Common Stock before it has obtained all final regulatory approvals for
the Bank.  In the event that the Company  issues the shares of Common  Stock and
the  Department  does not grant the Bank final  regulatory  approval to commence
banking  operations  within 12 months  after the Bank's  receipt of  preliminary
approval from the  Department,  the Company will promptly  return to subscribers
all subscription  funds and interest earned thereon,  less all expenses incurred
by the Company,  including  the expenses of the Offering and the  organizational
and  pre-opening  expenses of the Company and the Bank. It is probable that this
return will be further  reduced by amounts paid to satisfy  claims of creditors,
as discussed in the following paragraph.

     Once the Company  issues the shares of Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  the
Offering proceeds may be considered part of general corporate funds and thus may
be subject to the claims of creditors of the Company,  including  claims against
the Company that may arise out of actions of the Company's officers,  directors,
or employees. It is possible,  therefore, that one or more creditors may seek to
attach the proceeds of the Offering prior to the Bank's  commencement of banking
operations.  If such an  attachment  occurs and it becomes  necessary to pay the
subscription  funds to  shareholders  because of failure to obtain all necessary
regulatory  approvals,  the payment process might by delayed;  and if it becomes
necessary  to  pay  creditors  from  the  subscription  funds,  the  payment  to
shareholders will be further reduced.

Purchases by Organizers of the Company

     The Organizers have indicated they intend to purchase  133,000 Units in the
Offering. Because of the time, effort and risk incurred by the Organizers during
the organizational and preopening stage,  Organizers will be offered Units which
will  contain one share of Common  Stock and two  Warrants.  Each  Warrant  will
entitle  the holder to  purchase  one share of Common  Stock at $9.00 per share.
Warrants will expire 48 months from the Effective Date of the Registration.

     The  Organizers  have  indicated  that they may be willing to subscribe for
additional  Units in this Offering,  if necessary,  to help the Company complete
the Offering in order to release  subscription  proceeds  from the  Subscription
Escrow Account. The maximum aggregate number of Units which may be subscribed by
the  Organizers  in this  Offering  is  148,000  Units.  Any such  purchases  of
additional  Units  by  the  Organizers  will  be  subject  to  affiliate  resale
limitations  of the 33 Act,  until such time as the Company is no longer subject
to the  requirements  of the  Exchange  Act and will be made on the same  terms,
including  the same number of Warrants,  as those made by other  investors.  The
Organizers have  represented to the Company that any such purchases will be made
for  investment  purposes  only and not with a view to resell  such  shares.  If
additional  purchases,  as described  above,  are not necessary,  the Organizers
intend to  purchase a minimum of 133,000  Units  pursuant to this  Offering,  or
26.6% of the 500,000 minimum Units to be issued in this Offering.  If additional
purchases  as  described  above are  necessary,  the  Organizers  will  purchase
additional  Units  containing  one Warrant and will then own, more than 26.6% of
the  outstanding  Common  Stock of the  Company,  but no more  than  29.6%.  See
"ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."

     During the organizational stage, Organizers purchased from the Company in a
private offering 3,942 shares of unregistered Common Stock, par value $0.01, for
$45.00 per share in order to provide funds to pay organizational  expenses. Such
shares must be  exchanged  by the  Organizers  for Units on a one share for five
Unit  basis at the time the  conditions  of the  Offering  have been  met.  When
exchanged for Units, all such shares initially purchased by the Organizers shall
be canceled. The cost of such shares,  mandatorily  convertible into Units, will
be  included  in  the  determination  of  whether  sufficient  funds  have  been
subscribed to in order to meet the minimum of $4,500,000.

Other Terms and Conditions/How to Subscribe

     The Company may cancel  this  Offering  for any reason at any time prior to
the release of subscription  funds from the  Subscription  Escrow  Account,  and
accepted subscriptions are subject to cancellation in the event that the Company
elects to cancel the Offering in its entirety.

                                       13

<PAGE>



     Units and shares  will be  marketed  on a  best-efforts  basis  exclusively
through certain  directors and executive  officers of the Company,  none of whom
will receive any commissions or other form of remuneration  based on the sale of
the Units or shares. However, in the event that the Offering Conditions have not
been  satisfied by  __________,  1998,  the Company may engage an underwriter to
sell the Units on a  best-efforts  basis and such  underwriter  would  receive a
commission  based upon such sales. It is anticipated  that  commissions  paid to
such  underwriter,  if retained,  will not exceed 7% of the $9.00 per Unit sales
price and that other expenses of such  underwriting will not exceed an aggregate
of $5,000.  In the event the Company  engages an underwriter to sell Units prior
to the expiration of the Initial Offering Period, a post-effective  amendment to
the  Registration  Statement  will be filed with the SEC containing the terms of
any agreements  entered into with such  underwriters  and discussing any fees or
expenses  associated  with  such  agreements.  In the  event  that the  Offering
Conditions  have not been satisfied by the end of the Initial  Offering  Period,
this Offering will be terminated and the subscription funds promptly returned to
the subscribers, together with their allocated share of earnings, if any, earned
on the investment of the Subscription  Escrow Account as described  herein.  See
"TERMS OF THE Offering - Escrow of Subscription Funds."

     As soon as practicable, but no more than ten-business days after receipt of
a   subscription,   the  Company  will  accept  or  reject  such   subscription.
Subscriptions  not rejected by the Company  within this ten-day  period shall be
deemed  accepted.  Once a subscription is accepted by the Company,  it cannot be
withdrawn by the subscriber.  Payment from any subscriber for Units in excess of
the number of Units  allocated to such  subscriber,  if any, will be refunded by
mail, without interest within ten days of the date of rejection.

     Certificates  representing  shares of  Common  Stock of the  Company,  duly
authorized  and  fully  paid,  will  be  issued  as soon  as  practicable  after
subscription  funds are  released to the Company  from the  Subscription  Escrow
Account.

     Subscriptions  to purchase shares of Common Stock can be made by completing
the Stock Subscription  Agreement  attached to this Prospectus  (Appendix C) and
delivering the same to the Company at its offices,  220 South First Street, Lake
City,  Florida  32025,  or  mailing  the  same  in the  enclosed  self-addressed
envelope.  Full payment of the purchase price must  accompany the  subscription.
Failure  to pay the  full  subscription  price  shall  entitle  the  Company  to
disregard the subscription.  No Subscription Agreement is binding until accepted
by the  Company,  which  may,  in its sole  discretion,  refuse  to  accept  any
subscription for Units, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever.  After a
subscription  is accepted and proper  payment  received,  the Company  shall not
cancel such subscription unless all accepted subscriptions are canceled.  Unless
otherwise agreed by the Company, all subscription amounts must be paid in Unites
States  currency by check,  bank draft or money order payable to "IBBF,  for PSB
BancGroup, Inc. " A subscription will be accepted in writing by the Company only
in the Form of Acceptance attached to this Prospectus.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The  gross  proceeds  from the sale of Units  offered  by the  Company  are
estimated  to be a  minimum  of  $4,500,000.  This  estimate  is based  upon the
assumption  that the sale of 500,000 Units occurs prior to the expiration of the
Initial  Offering Period.  However,  if 500,000 Units are not sold, prior to the
expiration of the Initial Offering Period,  then the Offering will terminate and
all funds received from  subscribers,  adjusted for any income thereon,  will be
promptly refunded. See "TERMS OF THE OFFERING."


                                       14

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     The estimated  Organizational  and Offering  expenses of the Company are as
follows:


                                                                                  Offering          Organizational
<S>                                                                             <C>                   <C>  
     Registration fees, including blue
       sky fees and expenses...........................................         $    5,000            $     None

     Salaries and expenses.............................................               None                 2,000

     Legal fees and expenses...........................................             15,000                 5,000

     Accounting fees  .................................................              1,000                  None

     Printing and mailing expenses.....................................              2,700                  None

     Advertising.......................................................              2,000                  None

     Miscellaneous.....................................................               None                 1,000
                                                                                   -------              --------

     TOTAL.............................................................         $   25,700            $    8,000
                                                                                    ======                 =====
</TABLE>

     All of the above expenses will be incurred whether or not the Bank conducts
operations.  If,  however,  the Offering is  terminated  prior to the release of
subscription  funds by the Escrow Agent, none of these expenses will be deducted
from the funds to be returned to subscribers.  If, however,  subscription  funds
are  released  by the  Escrow  Agent  and the Bank  does not  commence  business
operations all of the above expenses,  as well as additional expenses which will
be incurred  following  such  release,  will be deducted  from the  subscription
funds.  Expenses  related to a  successful  Offering  will be deducted  from the
Offering  proceeds and expenses  related to  organization of the Company will be
expensed as incurred.

     A  substantial  portion  of the  proceeds  of  this  Offering  ($4,500,000)
assuming the minimum number of Units is sold will be used by the Company for the
purchase of 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of the Bank and to
repay  the  expenses  of  this  Offering  and  the  expenses   incurred  in  the
organization of the Company and the Bank.

     A portion of the proceeds of this  Offering in excess of the above  amounts
will be retained by the Company for the purpose of funding any  required  future
additions  to the  capital of the Bank.  Since state  banks are  regulated  with
respect to the ratio that their total assets may bear to their total capital, if
the Bank  experiences  greater  growth  than  anticipated,  it may  require  the
infusion of additional capital to support that growth. Management of the Company
anticipates  that the proceeds of the Offering will be sufficient to support the
Bank's immediate capital needs and will seek, if necessary,  long and short-term
debt financing to support any additional needs; however,  management can give no
assurance that such financing, if needed, will be available or if available will
be on terms acceptable to management.

     Net proceeds from the Offering will be applied as follows:







                            [TABLE FOLLOWS THIS PAGE]

                                       15

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                Minimum Proceeds               Maximum Proceeds
                                                                  Assuming Sale                  Assuming Sale
                                                                   of 500,000                     of 1,333,000
                                                                     Shares                          Shares
<S>                                                                <C>                           <C>        
Purchase of capital stock of the Bank.....................         $4,200,000                     $4,200,000

Organizational and Offering
     expenses of the Company(2)...........................             33,700                      38,700(1)

Working capital and funds available
     for expansion of banking and
     banking-related services(2)(3).......................            266,300                      8,658,300
                                                                      -------                      ---------
         Net Proceeds                                              $4,500,000                    $12,897,000
                                                                    =========                     ==========


     The  following  is a schedule of estimated  expenditures  to be made by the
Bank out of the  proceeds  from the sale of its  capital  stock to the  Company,
including  the  Bank's  operating  expenses  for  its  first  twelve  months  of
operation.

<S>                                                                                                 <C>       
     Organizational expenses of Bank including Application,
       legal and consulting fees(2)..........................................................       $  100,000

     Pre-opening expenses of Bank including salaries,
       occupancy and other expenses,.........................................................           50,000

     Bank premises...........................................................................          180,000

     Salaries and benefits for officers......................................................          175,000

     Salaries and benefits for other employees...............................................          210,000

     Interest expense........................................................................          260,000
     General and administrative expense
       comprised primarily of data processing,
       provision for loan losses, marketing and
       advertising, telephone and casualty and deposit insurance.............................          319,000

     Furniture, fixtures and equipment.......................................................           92,000

     Working capital.........................................................................        2,814,000
                                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                                    $4,200,000
                                                                                                    ==========
</TABLE>

The  above  described  expenses  are  estimates  only and  assume  the Bank will
commence  operations  sometime  during  the second  quarter of 1998,  or as soon
thereafter as practicable. Actual expenses may exceed these amounts. The figures
do not include  estimated  first year income of  approximately  $822,000.  Total
organizational  expenses  for both the Bank and the  Company as of  October  31,
1997, amounted to $66,966.  Organizational and pre-opening costs will be charged
to expense when incurred.

- --------

     (1)  The Company  expects to incur  additional  expenses in connection with
          the  maximum  offering  of  approximately   $5,000.  These  additional
          expenses will be incurred  because the Offering is projected to extend
          over  a  36  month   period  and  will   necessitate   the  filing  of
          post-effective  amendments  to the  Registration  Statement,  printing
          costs in connection with prospectus supplements and additional mailing
          costs.  

     (2)  Amounts  indicated do not include interest earned on investment of net
          proceeds from this Offering during the Company's  organizational stage
          estimated to be approximately $25,000.

     (3)  These funds will be retained by the Company to be used for permissible
          investments for one-bank holding companies, as well as possible future
          capital needs of the Bank. See "REGULATION AND SUPERVISION - General."

                                       16

<PAGE>



                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     As the Company and the Bank are both  start-up  operations,  it will be the
policy of the Board of  Directors  of the Company to reinvest  earnings for such
period  of time as is  necessary  to ensure  the  successful  operations  of the
Company and of the Bank.  There are no current plans to initiate payment of cash
dividends,  and future  dividend  policy  will  depend on the  Bank's  earnings,
capital requirements,  financial condition and other factors considered relevant
by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     The Bank will be restricted  in its ability to pay dividends  under Florida
banking laws and by regulations of the  Department.  Pursuant to Section 658.37,
Florida  Statutes,  a state bank may not pay  dividends  from its  capital.  All
dividends must be paid out of current net profits then on hand plus retained net
profits of the preceding two years, after deducting bad debts,  depreciation and
other worthless  assets,  and after making provision for reasonably  anticipated
future  losses on loans and  other  assets.  Payments  of  dividends  out of net
profits  is  further  limited by Section  658.37,  which  prohibits  a bank from
declaring a dividend on its shares of common stock until its surplus  equals its
stated capital,  unless there has been  transferred to surplus not less than 20%
of a bank's  net  profits  for the  preceding  year  (in the  case of an  annual
dividend).  Finally,  a state bank may not declare a dividend  which would cause
the capital accounts of a bank to fall below the minimum amount required by law,
regulation,  order or any written  agreement  with the Department or any Federal
regulatory agency.


                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  Company is still in the  development  stage,  and will  remain in that
state until the Offering of the Company's Common Stock is complete.  The Company
has funded its  organizational  costs  through the sale of initial  stock in the
Company to the Organizers in the amount of $177,390.  Through  October 31, 1997,
the Company has expended  $66,966 for  organizational  costs including  attorney
fees, employee compensation and filing fees. The remaining funds will be used to
fund costs and expenses during the Offering  Period.  Subscription  funds during
the  Initial  Offering  Period   contemplated  herein  will  be  placed  in  the
Subscription  Escrow  Account and invested in direct  obligations  of the United
States Government,  in short-term insured  certificates of deposits and/or money
market  Management  trusts  for  short-term  obligations  of the  United  States
Government, with maturities not to exceed 90 days.

     Management of the Company believes that the net proceeds of $4,500,000 from
the Offering will satisfy the cash  requirements of the Company and the Bank for
their  respective  first  years of  operation.  It is not  anticipated  that the
Company will find it necessary to raise  additional  funds to meet  expenditures
required  to operate  the  business of the Company and the Bank over the next 12
months.  All  anticipated  material  expenditures  for  such  period  have  been
identified  and provided for out of the proceeds of this  Offering.  See "USE OF
PROCEEDS."


                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

General

     The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida on June
30, 1997,  for the purpose of  organizing  the Bank and  purchasing  100% of the
outstanding  capital  stock of the Bank.  The  Company has been  organized  as a
mechanism  to  enhance  the  Bank's  ability  to  serve  its  future  customers'
requirements  for financial  services.  The holding company  structure will also
provide  flexibility  for expansion of the Company's  banking  business  through
acquisition  of  other  financial   institutions  and  provision  of  additional
banking-related  services which the traditional  commercial bank may not provide
under present laws. Finally,  banking regulations require that the Bank maintain
a minimum  ratio of capital to  assets.  In the event that the Bank's  growth is
such that this minimum  ratio is not  maintained,  the Company may borrow funds,
subject  to  the  capital  adequacy  guidelines  of  the  Federal  Reserve,  and
contribute  them to the  capital of the Bank and  otherwise  raise  capital in a
manner which is unavailable to the Bank under existing banking regulations.

     The Company  has no present  plans to acquire  any  operating  subsidiaries
other than the Bank;  however,  the Company may make additional  acquisitions in
the event that such  acquisitions  are deemed to be in the best  interest of the
Company and its  shareholders.  Such  acquisitions,  if any,  will be subject to
certain   regulatory   approvals  and   requirements.   See  "  SUPERVISION  AND
REGULATION."


                                       17

<PAGE>



Premises

     The Company has entered into a purchase  agreement  dated October 20, 1997,
to purchase property located at 500 South First Street, Lake City, Florida for a
cost of $170,000 from a party  unaffiliated  with the Organizers or the Company.
The purchase agreement is contingent upon obtaining preliminary charter approval
for the Bank. If however,  preliminary  approval is not received before April 1,
1998, the seller may cancel the purchase agreement, and the Company will forfeit
its $5,000  deposit.  The Bank intends to construct its  permanent  headquarters
building at this  location.  The proposed  building  will contain a vault,  four
offices,  five teller stations,  a conference  facility, a loan operations area,
and  an  area  for  the  Bank's   bookkeeping   operations   all  consisting  of
approximately 4,500 square feet.

     Until construction of the permanent bank building is complete,  the Company
and Bank will  temporarily  operate  out of offices in a modular  bank  facility
located on the same site.  The Bank will lease the  approximately  1,440  square
foot facility  pursuant to a 15 month lease at a monthly  rental of $1,100 after
spending approximately $40,000 for site preparation.


                              BUSINESS OF THE BANK

General

     The Bank anticipates that it will commence business  operations sometime in
the second  quarter of 1998 in a temporary  facility  located at 500 South First
Street in Lake City, Florida. The Bank plans to offer community banking services
without trust powers. The Bank will offer a full range of  interest-bearing  and
noninterest-bearing accounts, including commercial and retail checking accounts,
money market accounts,  individual retirement accounts, regular interest-bearing
statement  savings  accounts,  certificates of deposit,  commercial  loans, real
estate loans, home equity loans and consumer installment loans. In addition, the
Bank will provide such  consumer  products and services as U.S.  Savings  Bonds,
travelers  checks,  cashiers checks,  safe deposit boxes, bank by mail services,
direct deposit and ATM cards.

     The  philosophy  of  Management  of the Bank with  respect  to its  initial
operations will emphasize  prompt and responsive  personal service to members of
the  business  and  professional  communities  of Lake  City,  Florida,  and the
surrounding  area, in order to attract  customers  and acquire  market share now
controlled by other financial institutions in the Bank's market area. The Bank's
prime  location  and  range of  banking  services,  as well as its  emphasis  on
personal  attention  and service,  prompt  decision  making and  consistency  in
banking  personnel,  will be major tools in the Bank's  efforts to capture  such
market share. In addition, the Bank's proposed officers have substantial banking
experience,  which will be an asset in  providing  both  products  and  services
designed  to meet the needs of the Bank's  customer  base.  The  Organizers  are
active  members of the  business  community  in Lake City and  continued  active
community  involvement  will provide an  opportunity to promote the Bank and its
products and services.  The Organizers intend to utilize  effective  advertising
and superior  selling efforts in order to build a distinct  institutional  image
for the Bank and to develop a strong customer base.

Market Area and Competition

     The primary service area ("PSA") of the proposed Bank has been experiencing
steady growth in both population and banking deposits in recent years. Lake City
is the primary commercial and residential center located in the Northern part of
Columbia  County,  Florida.  Columbia  County  maintains  a  steady  commercial,
industrial and agricultural  base, which has been expanding in recent years. The
largest  employers in the County  include:  Columbia  County School  System,  VA
Medical Center, Aero Corporation, Florida Department of Transportation, Columbia
Correctional  Center,  Homes of Merit, Lake City Medical Center,  PCS Phosphate,
Wal-Mart, Anderson Columbia Company.  Agricultural activities in Columbia County
center around the cattle, timber and other farming operations.

     Competition among financial institutions in the Bank's primary service area
is  intense.  There  are  five  commercial  banks  with a total  of 11  branches
operating  in Lake City.  Of these 5 banks one is  affiliated  with a major bank
holding company.  There are no savings associations  headquartered in Lake City,
however,  one savings  association  and one credit union operate two branches in
Lake City and one credit union is headquartered  there.  The Organizers  believe
that the Bank will be able to effectively compete in its market,  based upon the
Bank's  philosophy  which  will  be  reflected  in  customer  service,  employee
attitudes and the products offered by the Bank.

     Financial  institutions primarily compete with one another for deposits. In
turn, a bank's  deposit base directly  affects such bank's loan  activities  and
general  growth.  Primary  methods  of  competition  include  interest  rates on
deposits and loans,  service charges on deposit accounts and the availability of


                                       18

<PAGE>



unique financial  services  products.  The Bank will be competing with financial
institutions  which have much greater  financial  resources  than the Bank,  and
which may be able to offer more services and unique services and possibly better
terms to their customers. The Organizers, however, believe that the Bank will be
able to attract  sufficient  deposits to enable the Bank to compete  effectively
with other area financial institutions.

     The Bank will be in competition  with existing area financial  institutions
other  than  commercial  banks  and  thrift  institutions,  including  insurance
companies, consumer finance companies, brokerage houses, credit unions and other
business entities which target traditional banking markets. Due to the growth of
the Lake City area,  it can be  anticipated  that  additional  competition  will
continue from existing, as well as, new entrants to the market.

Deposits

     The   Bank   will   offer   a   wide   range   of   interest-bearing    and
noninterest-bearing  deposit accounts,  including commercial and retail checking
accounts,  money  market  accounts,   individual  retirement  accounts,  regular
interest  bearing  statement  savings  accounts and certificates of deposit with
fixed and variable  rates and a range of maturity date  options.  The sources of
deposits will be residents,  businesses  and employees of businesses  within the
Bank's market area,  obtained  through the personal  solicitation  of the Bank's
officers and directors, direct mail solicitation and advertisements published in
the local media. The Bank intends to pay competitive  interest rates on time and
savings deposits up to the maximum permitted by law or regulation.  In addition,
the Bank will  implement a service  charge fee schedule  competitive  with other
financial  institutions  in the Bank's  market  area  covering  such  matters as
maintenance  fees on checking  accounts,  per item  processing  fees on checking
accounts and returned check charges.

Loan Portfolio

     The Bank  will  offer a full  complement  of loans,  including  commercial,
consumer/installment  and real  estate  loans.  Initially,  the Bank will have a
legal  lending  limit for  unsecured  loans of  approximately  $630,000  and for
secured loans approximately $1,050,000.

     Commercial loans,  including construction loans secured by real estate, are
projected to be a substantial component of the Bank's loan portfolio. Commercial
lending will be directed  principally towards small businesses whose demands for
funds fall  within  the  Bank's  legal  lending  limits and which are  potential
deposit customers of the Bank. This category of borrowers  includes  individual,
partnership or corporate  borrowers,  and will result in loans to such borrowers
for a variety of business purposes.  Particular emphasis will be placed on loans
to small and medium sized businesses and professionals. Commercial loans will be
underwritten  on the basis of cash flow,  ability to service debt from  earnings
and  collateral  offered.  Terms are  projected to be from 90 days to five years
with interest  rates indexed to Wall Street  Journal prime rate.  Because of the
nature  of  these  types  of  loans,  i.e.  dependency  on  successful  business
operations and generally on non-real  estate  collateral,  there exists a higher
risk of loss in this category of loan.  The  Organizers  expect that  commercial
loans will account for approximately one-half of the Bank's estimated total loan
portfolio.

      To a lesser  extent  the focus  will be on the  origination  of 1-4 family
first,  and to a limited extent,  second real estate  mortgage loans,  typically
structured with fixed or adjustable interest rates based upon market conditions.
Generally the loan amount, as a percent of appraised value of the real property,
will not exceed 80%. In most cases where the loan to value ratio exceeds 80% the
amount  in  excess  of 80% will be  insured  against  loss by  private  mortgage
insurance  ("PMI").  Fixed rate loans will  usually  have terms of five years or
less, with payments through the date of maturity generally based upon a 15 to 30
year amortization schedule.  Adjustable rate loans will generally have a term of
between 15 to 30 years,  with rates indexed to the one-year  treasury  bond. The
Bank intends to charge both  discount  points and an  origination  fee depending
upon market  conditions.  Because of the nature of the  collateral,  residential
real estate  loans tend to have the lowest  risk of loss when  compared to other
types of loans such as commercial  loans.  In addition,  to origination of loans
for the Bank's  portfolio,  the Bank will also  originate  real estate  mortgage
loans for sale in the secondary market. The Organizers expect that loans secured
by real estate will account for approximately  one-third of the Bank's estimated
total loan portfolio.

     Based upon demand in the Bank's  primary  service area the Bank will make a
variety of consumer loans.  The Bank's consumer loans will consist  primarily of
installment  loans to individuals for personal,  family and household  purposes,
including automobile loans, boat loans,  recreational vehicle loans, home equity
loans,  and personal  lines of credit.  Consumer loans will generally have terms
ranging from six months to ten years and will be made at market  interest  rates
generally ranging from 10 to 18 % A.P.R. For the most part,  consumer loans will
be secured by such  collateral as  automobiles,  boats,  recreational  vehicles,
personal  residences,  and so forth.  This  category of loans will also  include
lines of credit and term loans secured by second  mortgages on the residences of
borrowers for a variety of purposes including home  improvements,  education and
other personal  expenditures.  It is not expected that total consumer loans will

                                       19

<PAGE>



exceed 15 % of the Bank's estimated total loan portfolio. In the aggregate,  the
risk of loss on such loans tends to be lower than that of commercial  loans, but
greater  than that of loans  secured by  residential  real estate based upon the
nature  of the  collateral  for such  loans,  as well  as,  the  make-up  of the
borrowers and the source of repayment.

     While risk of loss in the Bank's loan  portfolio is  primarily  tied to the
credit quality of the various  borrowers,  risk of loss may also increase due to
factors  beyond the Bank's  control,  such as local,  regional  and/or  national
economic downturns. General conditions in the real estate market may also impact
the  relative  risk in the Bank's real estate  portfolio.  Of the Bank's  target
areas of lending activities,  commercial loans are generally  considered to have
greater risk than real estate loans or consumer installment loans.

     Management  of the Bank  intends  to  originate  loans  and to  participate
portions  of such loans to other banks with  respect to loans  which  exceed the
Bank's  lending  limits.  Management  of the Bank  does not  believe  that  loan
participation  will  necessarily  pose any greater risk of loss than loans which
the Bank originates.

Investments

     At the  close  of its  first  year of  operation,  Management  of the  Bank
anticipates that investment  securities will comprise  approximately  33% of the
Bank's assets,  other  investments will comprise  approximately 7% of the Bank's
assets  and  loans  will  comprise  approximately  60%  of  the  Bank's  assets.
Initially,  the Bank intends to invest primarily in securities  backed by direct
obligations  of the United  States,  obligations  guaranteed as to principal and
interest by the United States,  obligations of agencies of the United States and
certificates of deposit issued by commercial  banks. In addition,  the Bank will
enter into Federal Funds transactions with its principal correspondent bank, and
anticipates  that it will primarily act as a net seller of such funds.  The sale
of Federal  Funds  amounts to a short-term  loan from the Bank to another  bank,
usually overnight.

Asset/Liability Management

     It will be the  objective of the Bank to manage assets and  liabilities  to
provide a satisfactory,  consistent level of profitability  within the framework
of  established  cash  management,  loan,  investment,   borrowing  and  capital
policies.  Designated  Officers of the Bank will be  responsible  for monitoring
policies and procedures  that are designed to ensure  acceptable  composition of
the  asset/liability  mix,  stability and leverage of all sources of funds while
adhering  to  prudent  banking  practices.  It  is  the  overall  philosophy  of
management to support asset growth  primarily  through  growth of core deposits,
which include  deposits of all categories made by individuals,  partnerships and
corporations.  Management of the Bank will seek to invest the largest portion of
the Bank's  assets in  commercial,  consumer and real estate  loans.  The Bank's
asset/liability  mix will  likely be  monitored  on a daily basis with a monthly
report reflecting  interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive  liabilities
being prepared and presented to the Bank's Board of Directors.  The objective of
this policy is to control  interest-sensitive  assets and  liabilities  so as to
minimize the impact of  substantial  movements  in interest  rates on the Bank's
earnings.

Correspondent Banking

     Correspondent  banking  involves  the  providing of services by one bank to
another  bank which  cannot  provide that service for itself from an economic or
practical  standpoint.  Such  services are  available on a statewide or regional
basis from commercial banks, banker's banks, the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta
and the Atlanta Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank will determine the availability
of such services and evaluate the quality and pricing of the services  available
and based upon the above will select one or more  providers for the services the
Bank will require. The Bank will then purchase from time to time,  correspondent
services  offered  by  such  banks,  including  some  of  the  following:  check
collections, purchase or sale of Federal Funds, security safekeeping, investment
services, coin and currency supplies, overline and liquidity loan participations
and sales of loans to or participations with correspondent  banks. Fees for such
services are  generally  transactional  based and range from a low of $0.05 each
for  processing  an  account  debit or credit,  to a high of $30.00  each for an
International  Funds  transfer.  Other fees are assessed  monthly and  generally
range from $2.00 per month for certain investment services to $100 per month for
funds management.

     The Bank anticipates that it will sell loan participations to correspondent
banks  with  respect  to  loans  which  exceed  the  Bank's  lending  limit.  As
compensation  for services  provided by a  correspondent,  the Bank may maintain
certain balances with such correspondents in non-interest  bearing accounts,  or
may elect to pay for such fees directly.


                                       20

<PAGE>



Data Processing

     The  Bank  plans  to sign a data  processing  servicing  agreement  with an
outside  service  bureau.  It is expected  that this  servicing  agreement  will
provide  for the  Bank to  receive  a full  range of data  processing  services,
including an automated  general ledger,  deposit  accounting,  commercial,  real
estate and installment loan processing,  payroll,  central  information file and
ATM processing and investment portfolio accounting.

Employees

     In its first year of operation,  the Bank  anticipates  that it will employ
eleven persons on a full-time basis, including three officers, and one person on
a part-time  basis. The Bank will hire additional  persons as needed,  including
additional tellers and customer service representatives.

Monetary Policies

     The results of operations  of the Bank will be affected by credit  policies
of monetary  authorities,  particularly the Federal Reserve.  The instruments of
monetary policy  employed by the Federal Reserve include open market  operations
in U.S.  Government  securities,  changes in the  discount  rate on member  bank
borrowings,  changes in reserve  requirements  against  member bank deposits and
limitations  on interest  rates which  member  banks may pay on time and savings
deposits.  In view of changing  conditions  in the  national  economy and in the
money  markets,  as  well  as the  effect  of  action  by  monetary  and  fiscal
authorities,  including the Federal Reserve,  no accurate prediction can be made
as to possible future changes in interest rates,  deposit levels, loan demand or
the business and earnings of the Bank.


                           REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

     As a one-bank  holding  company  registered  under the BHC Act, the Company
will be subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.  Under the
BHC Act, the Company's  activities and those of its Bank  subsidiary are limited
to banking,  managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing
services for its subsidiaries or engaging in any other activity that the Federal
Reserve  determines  to  be  so  closely  related  to  banking  or  managing  or
controlling  banks  as to be a proper  incident  thereto.  As a  state-chartered
commercial  bank,  the Bank  will be  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by the
Department and the FDIC.

     The Company and the Bank will be required to file  reports with the Federal
Reserve,  the Department and the FDIC concerning  their activities and financial
condition,  in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into
certain  transactions  such as mergers with or  acquisitions  of other financial
institutions.  Periodic  examinations are performed by the Federal Reserve,  the
Department and the FDIC to monitor the Company's and the Bank's  compliance with
the various regulatory  requirements.  The Bank's deposits will be insured up to
the applicable  limits by the FDIC under the Bank  Insurance  Fund ("BIF").  The
Bank will be subject to  regulation  by the Federal  Reserve and the  Department
with respect to reserves required to be maintained against  transaction  deposit
accounts and certain other matters.

Regulation of the Company

     General.  The BHC Act  prohibits  the  Company  from  acquiring  direct  or
indirect  control of more than 5% of any class of  outstanding  voting  stock or
acquiring   substantially   all  of  the  assets  of  any  bank  or  merging  or
consolidating  with another bank holding  company  without prior approval of the
Federal Reserve.  The BHC Act also prohibits the Company from acquiring  control
of any bank  operating  outside  the State of  Florida,  unless  such  action is
specifically  authorized  by the  statutes  of the  state  where  the bank to be
acquired is  located.  Additionally,  the BHC Act  prohibits  the  Company  from
engaging  in or from  acquiring  ownership  or  control  of more  than 5% of the
outstanding  voting  stock of any  company  engaged in a  non-banking  business,
unless such  business  is  determined  by the  Federal  Reserve to be so closely
related to banking or managing or controlling  banks as to be properly  incident
thereto.  The BHC Act generally does not place  territorial  restrictions on the
activities of such non-banking related activities.

     Transactions  between the Company and the Bank. The Company's  authority to
engage in transactions with related parties or "affiliates," or to make loans to
certain insiders, is limited by certain provisions of the Financial Institutions
Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA").  Specifically, Sections
23A  and  23B of the  Federal  Reserve  Act  apply  to  all  transactions  by an
insured-state  nonmember bank or a holding company with any affiliate.  Sections


                                       21

<PAGE>



23A and 23B generally  define an  "affiliate" as any company that controls or is
under  common  control  with  an   institution.   Subsidiaries  of  a  financial
institution, however, are generally exempted from the definition of "affiliate."
Section 23A limits the  aggregate  amount of  transactions  with any  individual
affiliate  to 10% of the  capital and surplus of the Company and also limits the
aggregate  amount of transactions  with all affiliates to 24.1% of the Company's
capital and surplus.  Certain  transactions  with  affiliates,  such as loans to
affiliates or guarantees,  acceptances and letters of credit issued on behalf of
affiliates,  are required to be collateralized by collateral in an amount and of
a type  described  in the  statute.  The  purchase  of low  quality  assets from
affiliates   is  generally   prohibited.   Section  23B  provides  that  certain
transactions  with affiliates,  including loans and asset purchases,  must be on
terms  and  under   circumstances,   including   credit   standards,   that  are
substantially  the same or at least as  favorable  to the  institution  as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.
In the absence of  comparable  transactions,  such  transactions  may only occur
under terms and  circumstances,  including credit standards,  that in good faith
would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliated  companies. The Company does
not expect these provisions will have any effect on its proposed operations.

     Support of Subsidiary Depository  Institutions.  The Company is expected to
act as a source of  financial  strength  and to commit  resources to support the
Bank.  This  support  may be  required  at times when the  Company  might not be
inclined to provide  such  support.  In  addition,  any capital  loans by a bank
holding  company to any of its subsidiary  banks must be subordinate in right of
payment to deposits and to certain other  indebtedness of such subsidiary banks.
In the event of  bankruptcy,  any  commitment  by a bank  holding  company  to a
federal bank  regulatory  agency to maintain the capital of its subsidiary  bank
will be assumed by the bankruptcy  trustee and will be entitled to a priority of
payment.

     Under the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act ("FDIA") a subsidiary  bank of a
bank holding company, can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably
expected  to be  incurred  by the FDIC in  connection  with (i) the default of a
commonly controlled  FDIC-insured  depository institution or (ii) any assistance
provided  by the  FDIC  to  any  commonly  controlled  FDIC  insured  depository
institution  "in  danger of  default".  "Default"  is defined  generally  as the
appointment of a conservator or a receiver and "in danger of default" is defined
generally as the existence of certain  conditions  indicating  that a default is
likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.

     Control of a Bank Holding  Company.  FRB Regulation Y, adopted  pursuant to
Section 225.41 of 12 U.S.C. Section 1817(j), requires persons acting directly or
indirectly or in concert with one or more persons to give the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve 60 days advanced written notice before acquiring  control
of a bank  holding  company.  Under the  Regulation,  control  is defined as the
ownership  or control with the power to vote 25 % or more of any class of voting
securities  of  the  Holding  Company.   The  Regulation  also  provides  for  a
presumption  of control if a person owns,  controls,  or holds with the power to
vote 10 % or more (but less  than 25 %) of any class of voting  securities,  and
if: (i) the Holding Company's securities are registered securities under Section
12 of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934;  or (ii) no other person owns a
greater  percentage of that class of voting  securities.  It is not  anticipated
that any  purchaser  of the  securities  offered  herein,  including  any of the
Organizers, will acquire 10% of more of the Company's Common Stock.

Legislation and Regulations of the Bank

     General.  From time to time,  various  bills are  introduced  in the United
States Congress with respect to the regulation of financial institutions. Recent
banking  legislation,  particularly the FIRREA and the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991  ("FDICIA"),  has broadened the regulatory
powers of the federal bank  regulatory  agencies and  restructured  the nation's
banking system. The following is a brief discussion of certain portions of these
laws and how they would effect the Company or the Bank.

     The FDICIA revised sections of the FDIA affecting bank regulation,  deposit
insurance and  provisions for funding of the BIF  administered  by the FDIC. The
FDICIA also revised bank regulatory structures embodied in several other federal
banking  statutes,  strengthened the bank regulators'  authority to intervene in
cases of deterioration  of a bank's capital level,  placed limits on real estate
lending and imposes detailed audit requirements.

     Prompt and  Corrective  Action.  The FDICIA  required  the federal  banking
regulatory agencies to set certain capital and other criteria which would define
the category under which a particular financial institution would be classified.
The FDICIA imposes  progressively  more  restrictive  constraints on operations,
management,  and capital  distributions  depending  on the  category in which an
institution is classified. Pursuant to the FDICIA, undercapitalized institutions
must  submit   recapitalization   plans  to  their  respective  federal  banking
regulatory  agencies,  and a  company  controlling  a failing  institution  must
guarantee such  institution's  compliance with its plan in order for the plan to
be accepted.


                                       22

<PAGE>



     The FDIC's prompt and corrective  action  regulations  define,  among other
things,  the relevant  capital  measures for the five  capital  categories.  For
example, a bank is deemed to be  "well-capitalized" if it has a total risk-based
capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted  assets) of 10% or greater, a Tier
1 risk-based  capital  ratio (Tier 1 capital to  risk-weighted  assets) of 6% or
greater,  and a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to adjusted total
assets) of 5% or greater, and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement or
directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
A bank is deemed to be  "adequately  capitalized"  if it has a total  risk-based
capital ratio of 8% or greater,  and (generally) a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
of  4%  or  greater,   and  the  bank  does  not  meet  the   definition   of  a
"well-capitalized"   institution.   A  bank   is   deemed   to  be   "critically
undercapitalized"  if it has a ratio  of  tangible  equity  (as  defined  in the
regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. In addition,  the
FDIC is authorized  effectively to downgrade a bank to a lower capital  category
than the bank's capital ratios would otherwise  indicate,  based upon safety and
soundness  considerations  (such  as when  the bank  has  received  a less  than
satisfactory  examination  rating for any of the CAMEL rating  categories  other
than capital: i.e. Asset Quality, Management,  Earnings or Liquidity). As a bank
drops  to  lower  capital  levels,  the  extent  of  action  to be  taken by the
appropriate regulator increases,  restricting the types of transactions in which
the bank may  engage.  The new  capital  standards  are  designed to bolster and
protect the deposit  insurance fund. Based upon its proposed  capital,  the Bank
would be considered to be well capitalized.

     Insurance  on Deposit  Accounts.  In  response to the  requirements  of the
FDICIA,  the  FDIC  established  a  risk-based  assessment  system  for  insured
depository  institutions  that  takes into  account  the risks  attributable  to
different  categories and  concentrations  of assets and  liabilities.  The FDIC
assigns a financial  institution to one of three capital categories based on the
institution's  financial  information,  as of the reporting  period ending seven
months  before  the  assessment   period.   These  categories  consist  of  well
capitalized,  adequately  capitalized  or  undercapitalized,  and  one of  three
supervisory subcategories within each capital group. The supervisory subgroup to
which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory  evaluation  provided
to the FDIC by the financial institution's primary regulator, in the Bank's case
the Department,  and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the
institution's   primary  federal   regulator  and  information  which  the  FDIC
determines to be relevant to the institution's  financial condition and the risk
posed to the deposit insurance funds. A financial institution's  assessment rate
depends  on the  capital  category  and  supervisory  category  to  which  it is
assigned. There are nine assessment risk classifications (i.e.,  combinations of
capital groups and supervisory  subgroups) to which different  assessment  rates
are applied.  BIF  assessment  rates range from 0 basis points on deposits for a
financial  institution  in the  highest  category  (i.e..  well-capitalized  and
financially  sound  with  only a few  minor  weaknesses)  to 31 basis  points on
deposits for an institution in the lowest category (i.e.,  undercapitalized  and
posing a substantial probability of loss to the BIF, unless effective corrective
action is taken).  The Bank does not expect any assessment for its first year of
operation.

     Standards  for  Safety and  Soundness.  The FDICIA  requires  each  federal
banking agency to prescribe for all insured  depository  institutions  and their
holding companies  standards relating to internal controls,  information systems
and audit systems, loan documentation,  credit underwriting,  interest rate risk
exposure,  asset  growth,  compensation,   fees  and  benefits  and  such  other
operational  and  managerial  standards  as the  agency  deems  appropriate.  In
addition,  the federal banking regulatory  agencies are required to prescribe by
regulation  standards  specifying:  (i)  maximum  classified  assets to  capital
ratios;  (ii) minimum  earnings  sufficient to absorb losses  without  impairing
capital;  (iii) to the extent feasible,  a minimum ratio of market value to book
value for publicly  traded shares of depository  institutions  or the depository
institution  holding companies;  and (iv) such other standards relating to asset
quality,  earnings and valuation as the agency deems appropriate.  Finally, each
federal  banking  agency is  required  to  prescribe  standards  for  employment
contracts and other compensation arrangements of executive officers,  employees,
directors and principal  shareholders of insured  depository  institutions  that
would  prohibit  compensation  and  benefits  and  other  arrangements  that are
excessive or that could lead to a material  financial loss for the  institution.
If an insured depository institution or its holding company fails to meet any of
its standards  described above, it will be required to submit to the appropriate
federal  banking  agency a plan  specifying the steps that will be taken to cure
the deficiency. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to
implement the plan,  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency will require the
institution or holding  company,  to correct the deficiency and until corrected,
may impose  restrictions on the institution or the holding company including any
of the restrictions  applicable under the prompt corrective action provisions of
the FDICIA.

     The FDICIA also requires each  appropriate  federal banking agency to adopt
uniform  regulations  prescribing  standards for extensions of credit secured by
real  estate  or  made  for  the  purpose  of  financing  the   construction  of
improvements  on real  estate.  In  prescribing  these  standards,  the  banking
agencies  must  consider the risk posed to the deposit  insurance  funds by real
estate  loans,  the need for safe and  sound  operation  of  insured  depository
institutions and the availability of credit.

     Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted capital
regulations which establishes a Tier 1 core capital  definition and a minimum 3%
leverage capital ratio requirement for the most  highly-rated  banks and holding
companies (i.e., those banks and holding companies with a composite CAMEL rating
of 1 under the Uniform Financial  Institutions  Rating System established by the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council) that are not anticipating or
experiencing significant growth. All other state nonmember banks are required to


                                       23

<PAGE>



meet a minimum leverage ratio that is at least 100 to 200 basis points above 3%.
A holding company or bank that is not in the  highest-rated  category or that is
anticipating  or  experiencing  significant  growth  will have to meet a minimum
leverage  ratio of at least 4%. The minimum  capital with which the Bank will be
permitted to open is $4 million.

     Under the  Federal  Reserve's  and the  FDIC's  risk-based  regulations,  a
holding company or bank must classify its assets and certain  off-balance  sheet
activities  into  categories and maintain  specified  levels of capital for each
category.  The least capital is required for the category  deemed by the Federal
Reserve  and the FDIC to have the least risk,  and the most  capital is required
for the category deemed by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC to have the greatest
risk.  The  regulations  require a holding  company or bank to have a total risk
based capital ratio of 8% and a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 4%. Under the
statement of policy,  certain assets are required to be deducted from risk-based
capital.  Such assets  include  intangible  assets,  unconsolidated  banking and
finance subsidiaries,  investments in securities subsidiaries, ineligible equity
investments and reciprocal  holding of capital  instruments with other banks. In
addition, the Federal Reserve or the FDIC may consider deducting other assets on
a  case-by-case  basis or investments  in other  subsidiaries  on a case-by-case
basis  or based on the  general  characteristics  or  functional  nature  of the
subsidiaries.

     Loans to One Borrower.  Florida law allows a state bank to extend credit to
any one  borrower  in an amount  up to 25% of its  capital  accounts,  which are
defined as unimpaired capital, surplus and undivided profits,  provided that the
unsecured  portion may not exceed 15% of the capital  accounts of the bank.  The
law permits exemptions for loans  collateralized by accounts maintained with the
Bank and for loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration,  the Federal
Housing Administration and the Veterans Administration. The Bank will be subject
to these limits.

     Payment of  Dividends.  While not the only  source of income,  the  primary
source of income  to the  Company  will be  dividends  from the Bank.  A Florida
chartered commercial bank may not pay cash dividends that would cause the bank's
capital to fall below the minimum  amount  required  by federal or Florida  law.
Otherwise,  a commercial bank may pay a dividend out of the total of current net
profits plus  retained net profits of the  preceding  two years to the extent it
deems expedient, except as described below. Twenty percent of the net profits in
the preceding two year period may not be paid in dividends, but must be retained
to increase  capital  surplus until such surplus equals the amount of common and
preferred stock issued and outstanding.  In addition, no bank may pay a dividend
at any time that net income in the current year when  combined with retained net
income from the preceding two years  produces a loss. The ability of the Bank to
pay  dividends  to  the  Company  will  depend  in  part  on  the  FDIC  capital
requirements  in effect at such time and the  ability of the Bank to comply with
such requirements.

     Brokered Deposits.  In accordance with the FDICIA, the FDIC has implemented
restrictions   on  the  acceptance  of  brokered   deposits.   In  general,   an
"undercapitalized"  institution may not accept,  renew or roll over any brokered
deposits.  "Adequately  capitalized"  institutions may request a waiver from the
FDIC to do so, while  "well-capitalized"  institutions may accept, renew or roll
over such  deposits  without  restriction.  The rule  requires  registration  of
deposit brokers and imposes  certain  recordkeeping  requirements.  Institutions
that are not  "well-capitalized"  (even if meeting minimum capital requirements)
are  subject to limits on rates of interest  they may pay on brokered  and other
deposits. The Bank does not expect to acquire any brokered deposits.

     Liquidity. A state-chartered  commercial bank is required under Florida law
to  maintain  a  liquidity  reserve  of at least  15% of its  total  transaction
accounts  and  8% of  its  total  nontransaction  accounts  subject  to  certain
restrictions. This reserve may consist of cash-on-hand, demand deposits due from
correspondent banks, and other investments and short-term marketable securities.
The Bank will be subject to these requirements.

     Community  Reinvestment.  Under the Community  Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), as
implemented by Federal Reserve and FDIC regulations, holding companies and state
nonmember  banks have a continuing and  affirmative  obligation  consistent with
their safe and sound  operation  to help meet the credit  needs of their  entire
community,  including low- and moderate-income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not
establish specific lending  requirements or programs for financial  institutions
nor does it limit an  institution's  discretion to develop the types of products
and  services  that it  believes  are best suited to its  particular  community,
consistent  with the CRA. The CRA requires the Federal  Reserve and the FDIC, in
connection with their examination of holding companies or state nonmember banks,
to assess the Company's record of meeting the credit needs of their  communities
and to take such record into account in its  evaluation of certain  applications
by such institution.  The FIRREA amended the CRA to require public disclosure of
an institution's CRA rating and to require that the Federal Reserve and the FDIC
provide a written  evaluation of an  institution's  CRA performance  utilizing a
four-tiered  descriptive rating system in lieu of the then existing  five-tiered
numerical  rating  system.  The  Company  and the Bank will be  subject to these
regulations.

     Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996. On September 30, 1996, Congress passed
and the  President  signed  in to law the  Deposit  Insurance  Funds Act of 1996
("DIFA").  Among other things, the DIFA, and rules promulgated thereunder by the
FDIC, provide for banks and thrifts to share the annual interest expense for the

                                       24

<PAGE>



Finance Corp. Bonds which were issued in the late 1980s to help pay the costs of
the savings and loan industry  restructuring.  The  approximate  annual interest
expense  is $780  million  of  which  BIF  insured  banks  are  expected  to pay
approximately  $322  million  or  41%,  while  SAIF  insured  thrifts  will  pay
approximately $458 million or 59% of the interest expense.  It is estimated that
the annual  assessment for BIF insured  institutions  will be approximately  1.2
cents per $100 of deposits,  while SAIF insured  institutions will pay 6.5 cents
per $100 of deposits.  These payments are to begin in 1997 and run through 1999.
Beginning  in the year 2000 and  continuing  through  the year  2017,  banks and
thrifts will each pay 2.43 cents per $100 of deposits. These assessments will be
in addition to any regular  deposit  insurance  assessments  imposed by the FDIC
under FDICIA. See REGULATION AND SUPERVISION - Insurance on Deposit Accounts.

     Interstate Banking.  Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994,  existing  restrictions  on interstate  acquisitions  of
banks by bank holding  companies were repealed on September 29, 1995,  such that
the  Company  and any other bank  holding  company  would be able to acquire any
Florida-based   bank,   subject  to  certain   deposit   percentage   and  other
restrictions.  The legislation  also provides that,  unless an individual  state
elects  beforehand  either  (i) to  accelerate  the  effective  date  or (ii) to
prohibit  out-of-state  banks  from  operating  interstate  branches  within its
territory,  on or after June 1, 1997,  adequately  capitalized  and managed bank
holding  companies  will  be  able  to  consolidate.  De  novo  branching  by an
out-of-state  bank would be permitted  only if it is expressly  permitted by the
laws of the  host  state.  The  authority  of a bank to  establish  and  operate
branches  within  a state  will  continue  to be  subject  to  applicable  state
branching laws.  Florida has adopted  legislation  which will permit  interstate
acquisitions  and  interstate  branching  effective  June 1, 1997.  Florida  law
prohibits de novo branching by out of state banks.

     Department  Assessment.  State-chartered  commercial  banks are required by
Department  regulation  to  pay  assessments  to  the  Department  to  fund  the
operations of the Department.  The general assessment,  to be paid semiannually,
is computed upon a bank's total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries,  as
reported in the bank's latest  quarterly call report.  The Bank will be required
to pay such assessments semi-annually.

The Federal Reserve System

     The  Federal   Reserve   regulations   require   banks  to   maintain   non
interest-earning  reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and
regular checking accounts).  The Federal Reserve  regulations  generally require
that reserves of 3% must be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts of
$49.3 million or less  (subject to  adjustment by the Federal  Reserve) plus 10%
(subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve  between 8% and 14%) against that
portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $49.3 million. The first $4.4
million of otherwise  reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal
Reserve) are exempted from the reserve requirements.  The balances maintained to
meet the  reserve  requirements  imposed by the  Federal  Reserve may be used to
satisfy liquidity requirements.  Because required reserves must be maintained in
the form of  either  vault  cash,  a  noninterest-bearing  account  at a Federal
Reserve  Bank or a  pass-through  account  as defined  by the  Federal  Reserve,
interest-earning  assets of the Bank are reduced.  The Company and the Bank will
be subject to these requirements.

Federal Securities Laws

     The  Company,  in  connection  with  this  Offering,  filed  with the SEC a
registration  statement  under the  Securities Act for the  registration  of the
Company's Common Stock.  The registration  under the Securities Act of shares of
the  Common  Stock  issued in this  Offering  does not cover the  resale of such
shares.  Shares of the Common Stock  purchased by persons who are not affiliates
of the Company may be resold without further  registration.  Shares purchased by
an affiliate of the Company will be subject to the resale  restrictions  of Rule
144  under  the  Securities  Act.  If  the  Company  meets  the  current  public
information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of
the Company who complies with the other  conditions of Rule 144  (including  the
holding period and those that require the affiliate's sale to be aggregated with
those  of  certain  other  persons)  may be able to sell in the  public  market,
without  registration,  a number of shares  not to  exceed,  in any  three-month
period, the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding shares of the Company,  or (ii)
the average  weekly volume of trading in such shares  during the preceding  four
calendar  weeks.  Provision  may be made in the future by the  Company to permit
affiliates to have their shares  registered  for sale under the  Securities  Act
under certain circumstances.

     The scope of  regulation,  supervision  and  permissible  activities of the
Company  and  the  Bank is  subject  to  change  by  future  federal  and  state
legislation.


                                       25

<PAGE>



                      ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     The following  persons are  Organizers of the Company only:  John W. Burns,
III,  Robert M. Eadie,  Shilpa U. Mhatre,  Alton C.  Milton,  Jr., and Andrew T.
Moore.  The following  persons are the  Organizers  of the Bank only:  Samuel F.
Brewer, Frank A. Broome, III, C. F. Douglas, Renny B. Eadie, III, Garland Kirby,
and Roger W. Ratliff.  The following  persons are organizers of both the Company
and the Bank: Alton C. Milton, Sr., and Robert W. Woodard. The Organizers,  as a
group,  intend to subscribe for 133,000  Units in the Offering  which will equal
26.6% of the 500,000 minimum Units required to be sold in order to release funds
from  the  Subscription  Escrow  Agreement.  In  addition  to the  subscriptions
committed to by the  Organizers,  the Organizers have indicated that they may be
willing to subscribe for  additional  Units in the Offering if necessary to help
the Company complete the Offering and release the proceeds from the Subscription
Escrow Account.  In any event, total purchases by the Organizers will not exceed
148,000 Units in the aggregate,  which would equal 29.6% of the 500,000  minimum
Units required to be sold in order to release funds from the Subscription Escrow
Account.

     Upon  commencement  of the business of the Bank,  Mr.  Woodard will receive
options to purchase  10,000  shares of the  Company's  common stock at an option
price of $9.00 per share,  exercisable at any time after the vesting period, for
ten years from the date of grant. See "MANAGEMENT - Executive Compensation."

     All organizational  expenses of the Company and the Bank have been financed
from the  proceeds of the sale of stock to the Company  Organizers  in a private
offering.  The Organizers have purchased a total of 3,942 shares of common stock
at a price of $45.00 per share in a private  sale  transaction  in order to meet
the net worth  requirements of the Florida  Division of Securities  imposed upon
issuer's who sell common stock through associated persons, as well as to provide
funds necessary to pay organizing and preopening expenses of the Company and the
Bank.  This stock will be canceled and exchanged for Units issued by the Company
in the Offering.

     Each of the Organizers intends to purchase the number of Units set forth in
the following  Table,  which also specifies the percentage of Common Stock to be
owned by the Organizers after completion of the Initial Offering Period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                Actual                             Number of
      Name of                  Number of           Percent of      Beneficial          Percent of      Percent of
    Beneficial Owner             Shares            Minimum           Shares(1)         Minimum(2)      Maximum(4)
    ----------------             ------            -------           ---------         ----------      ----------

<S>                             <C>                 <C>              <C>                  <C>           <C>   
Samuel F. Brewer                 22,900              4.58             68,700              12.59          5.13
Frank A. Broome, III             11,200              2.24             33,600               6.43          2.50
John W. Burns, III                6,000              1.20             18,000               3.52          1.34
C. F. Douglas                     2,300              0.46              6,900               1.37          0.51
Renny B. Eadie, III              11,200              2.24             33,600               6.43          2.50
Robert M. Eadie                  11,200              2.24             33,600               6.43          2.50
Garland Kirby                    15,100              3.02             45,300               8.54          3.37
Shilpa U. Mhatre                 11,200              2.24             33,600               6.43          2.50
Alton C. Milton, Sr.              5,600              1.12             16,800               3.29          1.25
Alton C. Milton, Jr.              5,600              1.12             16,800               3.29          1.25
Andrew T. Moore                  11,200              2.24             33,600               6.43          2.50
Roger W. Ratliff                 16,700              3.34             50,100               9.39          3.73
Robert W. Woodard                 2,800              0.56             18,400               3.57          1.37
                                  -----              ----             ------               ----          ----

     TOTAL                      133,000             26.6%            409,000              52.71%(3)     30.45%
                                =======             =====            =======              ======        ======

- ------------------------------------
</TABLE>


     (1)  Based upon Warrants for the Shares to be issued in connection with the
          proposed purchase, as well as the proposed options for Mr. Woodard.

     (2)  Individual  percentages  based upon 500,000 shares  outstanding,  plus
          Warrants  to be  acquired by each  individual  Organizer  equal to the
          actual number of shares  proposed to be acquired by such Organizer and
          10,000  shares to be issued to Mr.  Woodard  under the proposed  stock
          option plan when  calculating Mr.  Woodard's  percentage and the total
          percentages.

     (3)  Total percentage based upon 500,000 shares outstanding,  plus Warrants
          to be acquired by all Organizers and 10,000 shares to be issued to Mr.
          Woodard under the proposed Stock Option Plan.

     (4)  Percentage  based upon 1,343,000  shares which is the sum of 1,333,000
          shares,  the  maximum  number  of  Shares  which  can be issued in the
          Offering,  and  10,000  shares to be issued to Mr.  Woodard  under the
          proposed stock option plan when calculating Mr.  Woodard's  percentage
          and the total percentage.

                                       26

<PAGE>




     Each of the Organizers will acquire their Units during the Initial Offering
Period and, therefore,  will acquire both Common Stock and Warrants  exercisable
in accordance  with the terms set forth herein.  While there can be no assurance
that the Organizers will exercise their Warrant  rights,  it can be assumed that
most or all will  exercise  such rights and will  therefore  acquire  additional
Common  Stock  during  the 48  month  period  following  the  Effective  Date of
registration. See, "RISK FACTORS, Possible Dilution Resulting From Warrants."


                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers of the Company and the Bank

     Effective  upon  organization  of the  Company,  all  Organizers  served as
initial directors of the Company. See, "Appendix A" herein.  Subsequently,  upon
advice of counsel,  certain Organizers resigned as Company directors in order to
serve exclusively as members of the proposed Bank's Board of Directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     The proposed  directors and executive officers for the Company and the Bank
are as follows:

                                               Position with                              Position with
         Name                                      Company                                     Bank
         ----                                      -------                                     ----

<S>                                    <C>                                         <C> 
Samuel F. Brewer                                   None                                      Director

Frank A. Broome, III                               None                                      Director

John W. Burns, III                               Director                                      None

C. F. Douglas                                      None                                      Director

Renny B. Eadie, III                                None                                      Director

Robert M. Eadie                                  Director                                      None

Garland Kirby                                      None                                      Director

Shilpa U. Mhatre                                 Director                                      None

Alton C. Milton, Sr.                           Director and                                Director and
                                           Chairman of the Board                       Chairman of the Board

Alton C. Milton, Jr.                             Director                                      None

Andrew T. Moore                                  Director                                      None

Roger W. Ratliff                                   None                                      Director

Robert W. Woodard                           Director, President                         Director, President
                                        and Chief Executive Officer                 and Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>

         Company.  Each of the above  persons has been a director of the Company
or a proposed  director of the Bank since at least September,  1997. The initial
Board of Directors of the Company  consists of seven  directors.  The  directors
will be divided into three classes,  designated Class I, Class II and Class III.
Each class will consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total
number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors.  The term of the
Company's  initial directors will expire at the first meeting of shareholders at
which  directors  are  elected.  It is expected  that the  Company  will hold an
organizational  meeting of the  shareholders  shortly  after the Bank  commences
operations at which time the shareholders will be asked to elect Directors.  The
Company intends to recommend that the shareholders  elect the initial  directors
to their  respective  terms  set  forth in the  above  Schedule.  Following  the
subsequent election of the Company's directors,  the term of the Company's Class
I directors will expire at the Company's  next annual  meeting of  shareholders;
the term of the Company's Class II directors will expire at the Company's second
annual  meeting  of  shareholders;  and the  term  of the  Company's  Class  III


                                       27

<PAGE>



directors will expire at the Company's third annual meeting of shareholders.  At
each annual meeting of shareholders,  successors to the class of directors whose
term expires at the annual meeting will be elected for a three-year term. If the
number of  directors  is changed,  an increase or decrease  will be  apportioned
among the classes so as to  maintain  the number of  directors  in each class as
nearly equal as possible,  and any  additional  director of any class elected to
fill a vacancy  resulting  from an increase in such class will hold office for a
term that will coincide with the remaining  term of that class,  but in no event
will a decrease in the number of  directors  shorten  the term of any  incumbent
director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting in an increase in
the  number  of  directors  will  have  the same  remaining  term as that of his
predecessor. Except in the case of removal from office, any vacancy on the Board
of Directors  will be filled by a majority vote of the remaining  directors then
in office.  The effect of the  classified  Board of Directors is to make it more
difficult  for a person,  entity or group to effect a change in  control  of the
Company through the acquisition of a large block of the Company's voting stock.

         Any director may be removed,  with or without cause,  at any regular or
special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, and the position filled
by another person nominated and elected for that purpose by the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least 66% of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common
Stock.  The Company's  officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and hold
office at the will of the Board.

         Bank. Each of the Bank's proposed  directors will, upon approval of the
Department,  serve until the Bank's first  shareholders  meeting,  which meeting
will be held shortly after the Bank commences operations. It is anticipated that
each interim director will be nominated to serve as director of the Bank at that
meeting. After the first shareholders meeting,  directors of the Bank will serve
for a term of one  year and  will be  elected  each  year at the  Bank's  annual
meeting.  The Bank's  officers  will be appointed by its Board of Directors  and
will hold office at the will of the Board.

     Initial Directors and Officers. The following is a brief description of the
business,  civic  and  educational  experience  of  the  initial  Directors  and
Officers:

     Samuel F.  Brewer(2),  age 36, is a  resident  of Lake  City,  Florida.  He
     graduated with a BBA in risk  management  from the University of Georgia in
     1985.  Since  1988,  Mr.  Brewer  has been an owner  in Lake  City  Tobacco
     Warehouses,  Inc.  He  is  also  an  owner  in R & H  Farms,  Inc.  and  A+
     Mini-Storage   located   in   Alachua,   Florida.   Mr.   Brewer   is   the
     Secretary/Treasurer    of   Greenten   Corp.    which   is   a   commercial
     warehousing/handling and distribution operation in Greeneville,  Tennessee.
     He is  Vice-President  of Brewer  Development  Corp.  which is a  Steak-Out
     Delivery  franchise  located  in  Birmingham,  Alabama.  Mr.  Brewer is the
     President of the Florida Tobacco Warehouse Association and currently serves
     on the 39 member  federal  marketing  committee for the U.S.  Department of
     Agriculture.  He is a member of the First United  Methodist  Church of Lake
     City, Lake City Elks Club, and the Lake City Country Club.

     Frank A. Broome,  III(2), age 33, is a licensed  Optometrist  practicing in
     Lake City,  Florida.  Dr. Broome  graduated from the University of Florida,
     Gainesville,  Florida  in 1986  with a degree  in  Psychology  and from the
     Southern College of Optometry,  Memphis, Tennessee with a doctorate degree.
     He is currently in private  practice with his wife, Dr. Kimberly M. Broome,
     and Dr.  Ronald  R.  Foreman.  He is a member  of the  American  Optometric
     Association,  Florida  Optometric  Association,  and  Southern  Council  of
     Optometrists.  He served as  Chairman of the  Volunteers  in Service to our
     Nation  (VISION  USA)  Committee  from  1995-1998,  and  also  chaired  the
     Assistance  to   Graduates/Undergraduates   Committee  from  1991-1994.  In
     addition  to  Optometry,  Dr.  Broome  owns and  manages  three  parcels of
     commercial property.  His civic and social activities include the Lake City
     Rotary Club (President-Elect,  1997; Secretary, 1992-1994),  Past-President
     and current Board of Directors of the Columbia  County Gator Club, and past
     board member of the Columbia County Friends of the Public Library.

     John W.  Burns(1),  age 37, is a State Farm  Insurance  Agent in Lake City,
     Florida.  Mr.  Burns was born and  raised in Lake City where his family has
     lived for three  generations.  He  graduated  from  Stetson  University  in
     Deland,  Florida,  in 1981 with a Bachelor of Arts degree and is  currently
     the Alumni Relations Chairman for the Columbia County region. He has been a
     State  Farm  Insurance  Agent  since  1989 and was  named one of the top 50
     agents in the  country in 1990.  He has served as  President  and  Campaign
     Chairman of the United Way of Suwannee  Valley and is currently  serving as
     Treasurer. Mr. Burns has recently served on the Board of Directors of Happy
     House Day Care  Center,  is  currently a member of the Lake City Elks Lodge
     and the Lake City Rotary Club.

     C. F. Douglas(2), age 64, has 39 years of banking experience,  beginning in
     1956 with the Dixie County State Bank,  Cross City,  Florida,  advancing to
     Vice President and a member of the Board of Directors. In 1965, he moved to
     Lake City, Florida, and joined the First National Bank as Cashier, advanced
     to President  and held that  position  until the bank changed  ownership in
     1973. He joined First Federal Savings and Loan  Association in 1973,  which
     merged with Sun Federal Savings and Loan  Association,  and served as First
    

                                       28

<PAGE>



     Vice President in charge of Loan Production. Sun Federal merged with Anchor
     Savings Bank, New York, New York,  along with other banks in the southeast.
     He  served  as Vice  President  of  Anchor  Savings,  responsible  for loan
     administration in Florida. He retired from Anchor Savings Bank in 1988, and
     joined Community National Bank, Lake City,  Florida,  as Vice President and
     Loan Officer in 1988 where he served until 1990. In October 1990, he joined
     Lafayette County State Bank, Mayo,  Florida, as Chief Executive Officer. He
     retired  from  banking  in 1995.  He has owned and  managed a  mini-storage
     facility for the past 12 years and recently added record storage (archives)
     to the business.  He holds a two year  certificate  in Accounting  and is a
     graduate  of The School of Banking of The  South,  Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana
     (Louisiana  State  University).  Civic and  social  organizations  include:
     Kiwanis (past President),  Elks, Chamber of Commerce, Committee of 100, Boy
     Scouts  of  America   (Regional   Finance   Officer)   and  other   various
     organizations. He served in the United States Air Force from 1952-1956.

     Renny B. Eadie,  III(2), age 48, has lived in Columbia County all his life.
     In 1977,  he  formed  Columbia  Ready Mix  Concrete,  Inc.,  and  serves as
     President  and Manager,  operating  ready-mix  plants in Lake City and Live
     Oak,  Florida.  Mr. Eadie is also Vice  President of Lake City  Industries,
     Inc., a lumber and building  supply  company,  and Vice President of Silcox
     Precast,  Inc., Live Oak,  Florida,  a manufacturer  of specialty  concrete
     products.  He is a member of the First Baptist Church,  Lake City, Florida,
     Lake City Masonic Lodge, Lake City York Rite, and Lake City Shrine Club.

     Robert M. Eadie(1), age 45, a native of Lake City, Florida,  graduated from
     Columbia  High School and  received  an AA degree from Lake City  Community
     College.  After  serving in the United States Army, he joined his father in
     the family  business in 1975.  Since that time,  he has  managed  Lake City
     Industries,  Inc.,  a lumber and  building  supply  business.  He presently
     serves as the company's  President,  and also serves as  Vice-President  of
     Columbia  Ready Mix, Inc.,  having  ownership in both  businesses.  He is a
     member of First Baptist Church,  the Masonic Lodge, the Shrine Club and the
     Lake City York Rite. He and his wife, Linda, have two daughters,  Erica and
     Angela.

     Garland  Kirby(2),  age 45, is Vice  President of Kirby Oil Company in Lake
     City,  Florida,  a wholesale  distributor of Amoco petroleum  products.  In
     1989, Mr. Kirby and his brother formed Kirby  Brothers  Enterprises,  Inc.,
     which is engaged in retail gasoline sales through convenience stores. He is
     an  active  member  and  deacon  at First  Baptist  Church  and is a fourth
     generation Columbia County resident.

     Shilpa  U.  Mhatre(1),  age 44,  received  a BS in  Microbiology  from  the
     University of Bombay in 1974.  For the past 19 years,  she has operated the
     business office for Psychiatric Associates of Lake City, P.A., a successful
     medical  practice  owned by her  husband.  In  addition,  she has owned and
     managed several residential and commercial  properties in Lake City for the
     past 13 years and is part owner of The  Plantations,  a 48-bed adult living
     facility in Lake City.

     Alton C.  Milton,  Jr.(1),  age 27, is a 1988  graduate  of  Columbia  High
     School, Lake City, Florida.  Upon graduation he and his father became joint
     partners of M & M Farms,  a venture that  includes  tree farming and cattle
     farming.  In 1991, he joined his father in the Sunshine True Value Hardware
     Store,  located in Lake City,  Florida. In 1995, he became a stockholder of
     the  company and serves as its Vice  President.  Recently he and his father
     purchased  Sunshine  Electrical  &  Plumbing  Supply,   Inc.,  which  is  a
     wholesaler  and  distributor of plumbing,  electrical and related  supplies
     serving north central Florida. He serves as Vice President of this company.

     Alton C.  Milton,  Sr.(3),  age 63,  is a native  of  Columbia  County.  He
     received his GED from  Columbia High School in 1957. He began working at an
     early age in the timber and turpentine  business.  In 1957 he joined Orange
     State Pipe & Supply Co., Lake City, Florida, as counter salesman.  He later
     became  purchasing  agent,  then  manager and during the last five years of
     employment there, he formed his own company, Sunshine Electrical & Plumbing
     Supply.  The company grew to four locations over the next several years. In
     1975 he  opened  Sunshine  Hardware,  now  known  as  Sunshine  True  Value
     Hardware,  wholly  owned by he and his son.  In 1988 he sold the  wholesale
     business and the hardware  business.  In 1991 he re-purchased  the hardware
     store. He recently re-purchased the original wholesale business as well. He
     has also bought, sold and developed real estate in Columbia and surrounding
     counties.  He served as director of Lake City Federal Savings & Loan, which
     later  became Sun Federal  which was merged  with Anchor  Savings & Loan in
     1986.  He is a member of the Lake City  Chamber of Commerce and a member of
     the Deep Creek Advent Christian Church.

     Andrew T.  Moore(1),  age 46,  attended  The Bolles  School,  Jacksonville,
     Florida, from 1966-1970 and graduated from Jacksonville  University in 1974
     with a BS degree in Business. He joined the family business, Rountree-Moore
     Ford/Toyota,  in May of 1974 and  presently  serves as Vice  President  and
     General Manager.  He has served as President and Treasurer of the Lake City
     Kiwanis Club, served five years as a Board Member of the Lake City/Columbia
     County  Chamber of Commerce and three years as a Columbia  County Boys Club
     Board Member.

                                       29

<PAGE>



     Roger W.  Ratliff(2),  age 50, attended high school in Jasper,  Florida and
     received  an AA degree  from  North  Florida  Junior  College  in  Madison,
     Florida.  His early work career was spent in various  sales  positions.  He
     joined Horizon Industrial Supplies, Inc., in 1981 becoming a 1/3 owner soon
     thereafter. He and Greg Pittman, shareholders of Horizon, eventually bought
     the remaining portion of the company in 1994, with each now owning 50%. Mr.
     Ratliff is also involved as a part owner of Bar Harbor Lodge,  Inc., a Best
     Western motel located in Bar Harbor,  Maine;  Live Oak Innkeepers,  Inc., a
     Best Western  motel  located at U.S. 129 and I-10 in Live Oak,  Florida and
     PRS  Properties,  Inc.,  which owns an  industrial  property  in Lake City,
     Florida.  Mr. Ratliff is a life-long  resident of Jasper,  Florida and is a
     member of the West Lake Church of God.

     Robert W.  Woodard(3)(4),  age 48, has over 23 years of banking experience.
     His work experience began with the Hillsboro  SunBank (then Hillsboro Bank)
     in Plant City,  Florida, in 1969. After working with Hillsboro Sun Bank for
     two years,  he  relocated to West Palm Beach,  Florida,  to complete his BS
     degree in Business  Administration at Palm Beach Atlantic College. In 1975,
     he returned to Hillsboro  SunBank where he remained until 1987.  During his
     employment  with  Hillsboro  SunBank  he  worked as Head  Teller,  Internal
     Auditor,  Credit  Analyst,  Credit  Manager,  and Assistant Vice President,
     Commercial Loans. In October,  1987, he moved to Lake City, Florida,  where
     he  joined  Barnett  Bank of  North  Central  Florida  as  Vice  President,
     Commercial  Loans.  In 1990,  he left  banking  and  moved to  Tallahassee,
     Florida, where he became Director of Development for Florida Baptist Family
     Ministries, a position which he held for two years. In 1992, he returned to
     Barnett  Bank  of  North  Central  Florida,  Lake  City,  Florida,  as Vice
     President,  Commercial  Loans. In August 1992, he joined CNB National Bank,
     Lake  City,  Florida  as  Vice  President,  Commercial  Loans.  During  his
     employment  at CNB, the company grew from three offices to ten offices with
     locations  in six  counties  in North  Central  Florida.  In  1995,  he was
     appointed Senior Vice President,  Commercial Banking. In that capacity,  he
     served as the senior lender, responsible for supervision of the banks' $152
     million loan portfolio as well as the entire lending staff. Mr. Woodard and
     his family  have lived in Lake City,  Florida,  for 8 years.  His civic and
     social  activities  include  Board  Member and  Treasurer  of the Lake City
     Rotary Club;  Board Member and Past Treasurer of the Suwannee Valley United
     Way; Florida Bankers Association Group III Chairman;  member of the City of
     Lake City Planning and Zoning Board and Board of Adjustments; member of the
     Columbia County Industrial Development Authority and the Lake City-Columbia
     County  Chamber  of  Commerce.  His is an active  member  of First  Baptist
     Church, Lake City, Florida.

- ------------------------------------


(1) Will serve as a Director of the Company, only.
(2) Will serve as a Director of the Bank, only.
(3) Will serve as a Director of both the Company and the Bank.
(4) Will serve as an Executive Officer of the Bank.


Executive Compensation

         The  Organizers  entered into an  employment  agreement  with Robert W.
Woodard in July of 1997,  to assist the  Organizers  with the  formation  of the
Company and the Bank.  Under the terms of the Agreement,  Mr. Woodard will serve
as a director  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company and is being paid a
salary of $5,625  per  month,  plus a mileage  allowance  of $0.315 per mile for
business use during the Bank's  organizational  phase. The understanding between
the  Organizers  and Mr.  Woodard is that Mr.  Woodard  will be  employed by the
Company as its President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  and by the Bank as its
President and Chief Executive Officer at an annual base salary of $67,500,  plus
a performance  bonus based upon the  achievement of certain goals and objectives
that will be  established  by the Board of  Directors  relating to the levels of
profitability  and asset growth of the Bank.  It is not expected that such bonus
would exceed 50% of Mr. Woodard's base salary.  The Agreement which initially is
for a term of two years,  also  contains a commitment  to grant him an option to
purchase  10,000 shares of Company Common Stock at $9.00 per share.  Such option
would vest at the rate of 20% per year over five  years,  would  expire 10 years
from the grant  date and would be  subject  to the  terms of a  qualified  stock
option plan  adopted by the  Company's  Board of  Directors  and approved by its
shareholders. Mr. Woodard will be provided with an automobile allowance, as well
as  participation  in such other  benefit  plans which the Bank makes  available
generally to all employees.  Mr. Woodard's employment will be at the will of the
Board and the Bank may terminate  Mr.  Woodard for any reason upon majority vote
of the Board of Directors.  If, however,  the termination is without cause,  Mr.
Woodard  will be  entitled  to  severance  pay in an amount  not to  exceed  the
remainder due on his contract plus any incentive  compensation which he may have
been entitled to. The Board of Directors must review Mr.  Woodard's  performance
annually,  and determine  whether to extend the Agreement for a one-year period.
In the event of Mr. Woodard's termination for any reason, Mr. Woodard agrees not
to become  employed  with any  business  enterprise  who  competes or intends to
compete,  directly  or  indirectly,  with any office of the  Company  located in
Columbia County for a period of 24 months following such termination.


                                       30

<PAGE>



Transactions with Affiliates

         Mr . Woodard is the only Organizer or proposed  director of the Company
that has received any cash  compensation for services  rendered on behalf of the
Company.  See  "MANAGEMENT  - Executive  Compensation."  Once the Bank opens for
business,  it is anticipated  that it will extend loans to the Bank's and/or the
Company's  Directors,  their associates or members of the immediate  families of
the  Directors  of the  Bank  or  the  Company.  Such  loans  will  be  made  on
substantially  the  same  terms  and  conditions,   including   interest  rates,
collateral and credit  underwriting  procedures as those  prevailing at the time
for comparable transactions by the Bank with other persons.

Stock Option Plans

         Incentive  Stock  Option Plan.  The  Company's  Board of Directors  has
adopted  an  Incentive   Stock  Option  Plan  ("Plan")  for  employees  who  are
contributing significantly to the management or operation of the business of the
Company or its  subsidiaries  as determined by the committee  administering  the
Plan. The Plan is contingent  upon approval by the Company's  shareholders.  The
Plan  provides  for the  grant  of  options  at the  discretion  of a  committee
designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan. No person may serve
as a member of the  committee  who is then eligible for a grant of options under
the Plan or has been so  eligible  for a period of one year prior to his service
on the committee.  The option  exercise price must be at least 100% (110% in the
case of a holder of 10% or more of the Common Stock) of the fair market value of
the stock on the date the option is  granted,  but in no case will the  exercise
price be less  than  the  offering  price  contained  herein.  The  options  are
exercisable by the holder thereof in full at any time following a vesting period
and prior to their  expiration in accordance  with the terms of the Plan.  Stock
options granted pursuant to the Plan will expire on or before (i) the date which
is the tenth  anniversary  of the date the option is  granted,  or (ii) the date
which is the fifth  anniversary  of the date the  option is granted in the event
that the option is granted to a key employee who owns more than 10% of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any  subsidiary
of the Company.  Mr. Woodard's proposed Employment Contract contains a provision
whereby he will be granted an option to purchase  10,000 shares of the Company's
common stock. See "MANAGEMENT Executive Compensation."

         The Committee may grant a Limited Right  simultaneously with respect to
the grant of any stock option, with respect to all or some of the shares covered
under the stock option.  A Limited Right may not be exercised  before six months
from the date of the grant and may be  exercised  only if: (i) there is a change
in  control  of the  Company;  (ii) the  underlying  option  is  eligible  to be
exercised;  and (iii) the fair market value of the underlying  shares on the day
of the exercise is greater than the exercise  price of the related  option.  The
Limited  Right  may be for no more  than  100%  of the  difference  between  the
exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock of the Company.

         Directors  Stock  Option  Plan.  The  Board of  Directors  may,  at the
Company's  first  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  after  the Bank  opens  for
business, propose for shareholder approval a directors' stock option plan, which
will be designed to provide  incentive  compensation  to  directors in the event
that the  Company's  common  stock  increases  in value  during the term of such
options. The detail of this directors' option plan have not yet been determined,
but such details  would be  disclosed to  shareholders  in the  Company's  Proxy
Statement issued in connection with solicitation of shareholder approval of such
a plan.

Key Man Insurance

         The Company has purchased a key man life  insurance  policy  ("Policy")
insuring  the  life of Mr.  Woodard.  The  Company  is both  the  owner  and the
beneficiary of the Policy. The amount of the Policy is $250,000 and the proceeds
of the Policy would be used to defray the costs of any delay in the  Application
and organization  process caused by Mr. Woodard's death.  Should Mr. Woodard die
during  the  organizational  process  the  Company  may elect to  terminate  the
Offering and refund all subscription proceeds to the Subscribers.


                                       31

<PAGE>




                       ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION - SUMMARY

         The  authorized  capital  stock of the  Company  is  10,000,000  shares
consisting of 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock,  par value,  $0.01 per share, of
which 3,942 shares are presently  issued and outstanding and 2,000,000 shares of
Preferred  Stock,  par value  $0.01 per share of which no shares  are  presently
outstanding. See "ORGANIZERS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS."

Common Stock

         The  holders of Common  Stock are  entitled to elect the members of the
Board of  Directors  of the Company and such  holders are  entitled to vote as a
class on all matters  required or permitted to be submitted to the  shareholders
of the  Company.  No holder of any class of stock of the Company has  preemptive
rights  with  respect to the  issuance  of shares of that or any other  class of
stock and the Common  Stock is not  entitled to  cumulative  voting  rights with
respect to the election of directors.

         The  holders  of  Common  Stock are  entitled  to  dividends  and other
distributions  if, as, and when declared by the Board of Directors out of assets
legally available therefore. Upon the liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the Company,  the holder of each share of Common Stock will be entitled to share
equally in the distribution of the Company's assets. The holders of Common Stock
are not  entitled to the benefit of any sinking  fund  provision.  The shares of
Common Stock of the Company are not subject to any  redemption  provisions,  nor
are they  convertible  into any other  security or property of the Company.  All
shares of Common Stock  outstanding  upon  completion  of this Offering will be,
fully paid and nonassessable.

         The  Company  will  require the  payment of a $9.00  transfer  fee with
regard to all requests for  cancellation  and re-issue of the  Company's  shares
after the initial issue of share certificates.  No such fee will be required for
shares originally issued, or issued in exchange for Warrants.

Requirements for Super Majority Approval of Transactions

         The Company's  Articles  contain  provisions  requiring  super majority
shareholder  approval to effect  certain  extraordinary  corporate  transactions
which are not  approved  by the Board of  Directors.  The  Articles  require the
affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 66% of the shares of each
class of Common Stock of the Company entitled to vote in elections of directors,
in order to approve  any:  (i) merger,  consolidation,  disposition  of all or a
substantial part of the assets of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or
(ii) exchange of securities requiring shareholder approval or liquidation of the
Company  ("Affiliated  Transaction"),  if  any  person  who  together  with  his
affiliates and associates  owns  beneficially  5% or more of any voting stock of
the Company ("Interested  Shareholder") is a party to the transaction,  provided
that a majority of the  disinterested  Directors of the Company has not approved
the transaction.  In addition, the Articles require the separate approval by the
holders  of a  majority  of the  shares  of each  class of stock of the  Company
entitled to vote in  elections of directors  which are not  beneficially  owned,
directly  or  indirectly,   by  an  Interested   Shareholder,   of  any  merger,
consolidation,  disposition  of all or a  substantial  part of the assets of the
Company or a subsidiary  of the  Company,  or exchange of  securities  requiring
shareholder approval ("Business Combination"), if an Interested Shareholder is a
party to such transaction;  provided, that such approval is not required if: (i)
the  consideration  to be  received  by the  holders of the stock of the Company
meets  certain  minimal  levels  determined  by a  formula  under  the  Articles
(generally the highest price paid by the Interested  Shareholder  for any shares
acquired);  (ii) there has been no reduction in the average  dividend  rate from
that which was  obtained  prior to the time the  Interested  Shareholder  became
such; and (iii) the consideration to be received by the shareholders who are not
Interested  Shareholders  shall  be  paid in  cash  or in the  same  form as the
Interested  Shareholder  previously paid for shares of such class of stock. This
Article,  as well as the Article  establishing a classified  Board of Directors,
may be amended,  altered, or repealed only by the affirmative vote or consent of
the  holders of at least 66% of the shares of each class of stock of the Company
entitled to vote in elections of directors.

Acquisition Offers

         The Board of  Directors of the Company,  when  evaluating  any offer of
another  Person (as defined in the  Articles)  to: (i) make a tender or exchange
offer for any equity  security of the  Company;  (ii) merge or  consolidate  the
Company  with  another  corporation  or entity;  or (iii)  purchase or otherwise
acquire all or  substantially  all of the  properties and assets of the Company,
shall, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in
the best interest of the Company and its shareholders, give due consideration to
all relevant factors, including, without limitation: (i) the social and economic
effect of acceptance of such offer on the Company's present and future customers
and employees and those of its subsidiaries  (as defined in the Articles);  (ii)
on the  communities  in which the  Company and its  subsidiaries  operate or are


                                       32

<PAGE>



located; (iii) on the ability of the Company to fulfill its corporate objectives
as a  financial  institution  holding  company;  and (iv) on the  ability of its
subsidiary financial institutions to fulfill the objectives of such institutions
under applicable statutes and regulations.

Control Share Acquisitions

         The Company's Articles provide that any person who acquires 20% or more
of the  Company's  shares  after the  Offering  is closed  must  comply with the
Florida  Statutes  governing  control-share  acquisitions.  Generally  a  person
intending to acquire such shares must give the Company notice of such intent and
request a meeting of the  shareholders at which  shareholder's  will be given an
opportunity  to vote on whether such shares will be accorded full voting rights.
Refusal by the  shareholders  to accord full voting  rights  would result in the
proposed  acquiror  obtaining  shares which could not be voted on any matters to
come before the shareholders.  Certain  acquisitions are exempt from the effects
of the  Article,  such as  mergers  or  business  combinations  which  have been
approved by the Company's  Board of Directors as well as  acquisitions of shares
issued  by the  Company  in its  Initial  Offering  or in  subsequent  Offerings
approved by the Board.

         The effect of all of the above  provisions is to make it more difficult
for a  person,  entity or group to effect a change  in  control  of the  Company
through the acquisition of a large block of the Company's voting stock.

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or
the proposed  Bank is a party or of which any of their  properties  are subject;
nor are there  material  proceedings  known to the Company  contemplated  by any
governmental authority; nor are there material proceedings known to the Company,
pending or  contemplated,  in which any  director,  officer or  affiliate or any
proposed  principal  security holder of the Company,  or any associate of any of
the foregoing is a party or has an interest adverse to the Company or the Bank.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal  matters in  connection  with the shares of Common Stock
offered  hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Igler & Dougherty,  P.A.,
1501 Park Avenue East, Tallahassee, Florida 32301, counsel to the Company.

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial statements of the Company as of October 31, 1997, and for
the period from June 30,  1997,  (date of  incorporation)  to October 31,  1997,
included elsewhere in the Registration  Statement have been included in reliance
upon the reports of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb, independent certified public
accountants,  and upon the authority of said firm as experts in  accounting  and
auditing matters.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  450
Fifth  Street  Northwest,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  a Form  SB-2  Registration
Statement   (herein,   together  with  all   amendments   thereto,   called  the
"Registration  Statement")  under the 33 Act,  as amended,  with  respect to the
shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain all of
the information included in the Registration Statement.  For further information
with  respect to the Company and the Common  Stock,  reference is hereby made to
the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto.

                                       33

<PAGE>

                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                          Index to Financial Statements




                                                                            Page

Independent Auditors' Report...................................              F-2

Balance Sheet at October 31, 1997..............................              F-3

Statement of Operations for the Period from June 30, 1997
         (Date of Incorporation) to October 31, 1997 ..........              F-4

Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
         for the period from June 30, 1997 (Date of Incorporation)
         to October 31, 1997...................................              F-5

Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from June 30, 1997
         (Date of Incorporation) to October 31, 1997 ..........              F-6

Notes    to Financial  Statements as of October 31, 1997 and 
         for the Period from June 30, 1997 (Date of Incorporation)
         to October 31, 1997 ..................................        F-7 - F-8



All schedules have been omitted  because of the absence of the conditions  under
which they are required or because the required  information  is included in the
financial statements and related notes.



















                                       F-1

<PAGE>













                          Independent Auditors' Report



Board of Directors PSB BancGroup, Inc.:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet of PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.  (a
development  stage company) (the "Company") at October 31, 1997, and the related
statements of operations,  changes in stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for
the period from June 30, 1997 (Date of Incorporation) to October 31, 1997. These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of the Company at October 31,
1997,  and the results of its  operations and its cash flows for the period from
June 30, 1997 (Date of  Incorporation)  to October 31, 1997, in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.





HACKER, JOHNSON, COHEN & GRIEB PA
Tampa, Florida
December 5, 1997






                                       F-2

<PAGE>



                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                                  Balance Sheet

                                October 31, 1997



         Assets

Cash ...................................................   $ 106,554
Other assets ...........................................       5,035
                                                           ---------

         Total .........................................   $ 111,589
                                                           =========

     Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Commitment (Note 4)

Stockholders' equity:
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 2,000,000 shares
         authorized, none issued and outstanding .......        --
     Common stock, $.01 par value, 8,000,000 shares
         authorized, 3,942 shares issued and outstanding           4
     Additional paid-in capital ........................     177,386
     Accumulated deficit ...............................     (65,801)
                                                           ---------

         Total stockholders' equity ....................     111,589
                                                           ---------

         Total .........................................   $ 111,589
                                                           =========

















See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       F-3

<PAGE>



                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                             Statement of Operations

      Period from June 30, 1997 (Date of Incorporation) to October 31, 1997







Interest income .......   $  1,165

Organizational expenses     66,966
                          --------

     Net loss .........   $(65,801)
                          ========






























See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       F-4

<PAGE>



                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                  Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

      Period from June 30, 1997 (Date of Incorporation) to October 31, 1997





                                       Additional                Total
                              Common     Paid-In  Accumulated  Stockholders'
                               Stock     Capital     Deficit     Equity

Balance at June 30, 1997
    (date of incorporation)   $   --         --         --          --

Sale of common stock ......          4    177,386       --       177,390

Net loss ..................       --         --      (65,801)    (65,801)
                              --------   --------   --------    --------

Balance at October 31, 1997   $      4    177,386    (65,801)    111,589
                              ========   ========   ========    ========


























See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       F-5

<PAGE>



                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                             Statement of Cash Flows

  For the Period from June 30, 1997 (Date of Incorporation) to October 31, 1997




Cash flows used in administrative activities during the development stage:
         Net loss ...........................................   $ (65,801)
         Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
           used by administrative activities during the
           development stage
                 Increase in other assets ...................      (5,035)
                                                                ---------

                   Net cash used in administrative activities
                     of the development stage ...............     (70,836)
                                                                ---------

Cash flows from financing activities-
         Proceeds from issuance of common stock .............     177,390
                                                                ---------

Net increase in cash ........................................     106,554

Cash at beginning of period .................................        --
                                                                ---------

Cash at end of period .......................................   $ 106,554
                                                                =========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information-
 Cash paid during period for:
         Interest ...........................................   $    --
                                                                =========

         Income taxes .......................................   $    --
                                                                =========













See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       F-6

<PAGE>



                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                                October 31, 1997


(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
         General.PSB BancGroup,  Inc. (the  "Company") was  incorporated on June
                 30,  1997 in the State of Florida.  The Company  plans to apply
                 for approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
                 System  ("Board of  Governors")  to become a  one-bank  holding
                 company and plans to acquire 100% of the outstanding  shares of
                 Peoples  State  Bank  (the  "Bank"),  which  is  planned  to be
                 incorporated   and  organized  in  Lake  City,   Florida.   The
                 operations  of the  Company,  which  initially  are intended to
                 consist solely of the ownership of the Bank, have not commenced
                 as of  October  31,  1997.  Therefore,  with the  exception  of
                 organizational  costs which are being  expensed when  incurred,
                 accounting policies have not been established.  The Company has
                 adopted a fiscal year end of December 31.

         Estimates. The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with
                 generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
                 make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
                 of assets and liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets
                 and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
                 reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
                 period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         Common  Stock  Offering.  As of October 31, 1997,  the Company has sold
                 3,942 shares of common stock to its organizers for an aggregate
                 of $177,390.  Such shares must be  exchanged by the  organizers
                 for units  (See  Note 5) on a one share for five unit  basis at
                 the time the  conditions  of the offering  have been met.  When
                 exchanged for units, all shares will be canceled.

(2)  Organization
         On      October  1,  1997,  the  Organizers  of the  Company  filed  an
                 application  for authority to organize a  state-chartered  bank
                 with the  Comptroller  of the State of Florida,  Department  of
                 Banking and Finance.  The approval of this  application will be
                 contingent upon certain  conditions being met. These conditions
                 include, among other things, the establishment of total capital
                 accounts  of not  less  than  $4,050,000  with  not  less  than
                 $2,100,000    allocated   to   common   capital,    after   all
                 organizational and preopening expenses, and the approval by the
                 Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  of the
                 Company's  application  to  acquire  the stock of the Bank as a
                 registered bank holding company.

(3)  Related Parties
         The     Company has  appointed  one of its  Organizers as the President
                 and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

                                   (continued)







                                       F-7

<PAGE>


                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                          (A Development Stage Company)

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

(4)  Commitment
         The     Company has entered into a purchase agreement dated October 20,
                 1997 to  purchase  a  parcel  of land  for  $170,000.  The Bank
                 intends  to  construct  its main  office at this  location.  If
                 preliminary  charter  approval  for the Bank is not received by
                 April 1, 1998 the seller may cancel the purchase  agreement and
                 the Company would forfeit its $5,000 deposit.

(5)  Sale of Common Shares and Warrants
         The     Company  plans  to  offer a total of  1,333,000  shares  of its
                 common  stock to the  public.  (1) During the  offering  period
                 shares will be included in units with a unit  consisting of one
                 share of common stock and purchase warrants. The price per unit
                 is expected to be $9. A total of 600,000  units will be offered
                 for  sale.  133,000  of  these  units  will be  offered  to the
                 organizers  of the  Company  and will  consist  of one share of
                 common stock and two purchase  warrants.  The remaining 467,000
                 units will be offered to the public and consist of one share of
                 common stock and one purchase  warrant.  Each warrant  entitles
                 the holder  thereof to purchase one share of additional  common
                 stock for $9 per share during the 48 month period following the
                 effective date of the warrant  certificate.  (2) After the sale
                 of 600,000  units has been  completed,  733,000  shares will be
                 available to holders of the  warrants.  The Company  expects to
                 incur approximately  $26,000 in offering costs relating to this
                 sale.

(6)  Incentive Stock Option Plan
         The     Company's  Board of  Directors  is  currently  considering  the
                 adoption of an Incentive Stock Option Plan ("Plan").  The Plan,
                 if adopted,  will be contingent  upon approval by the Company's
                 shareholders. The Plan will provide for the grant of options at
                 the  discretion  of a  committee  designated  by the  Board  of
                 Directors to administer  the Plan.  The option  exercise  price
                 must be at least  100%  (110% in the case of a holder of 10% or
                 more of the Common Stock) of the fair market value of the stock
                 on  the  date  the  option  is  granted  and  the  options  are
                 exercisable by the holder thereof in full at any time following
                 a vesting  period and prior to their  expiration  in accordance
                 with the terms of the Plan. The Company's  president's proposed
                 Employment  Contract  contains a  provision  whereby he will be
                 granted an option to purchase  10,000  shares of the  Company's
                 common stock under this Plan.


















                                       F-8


<PAGE>



                                  APPENDIX "A"
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       35

<PAGE>



                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.

         The undersigned incorporators, for the purpose of forming a corporation
under the Florida Business  Corporation Act, hereby adopt the following Articles
of Incorporation.

                                ARTICLE I - NAME
         The name of the Corporation is PSB BancGroup, Inc. ("Corporation"). The
initial  principal  place of  business of the  Corporation  shall be 2451 Castle
Heights Drive, Lake City,  Florida 32025 or at such other place within the State
of Florida as the Board of Directors may  designate.  The name of the registered
agent is Igler & Dougherty,  P.A., 1501 Park Avenue East,  Tallahassee,  Florida
32301,  which  address  is also the  address  of the  Registered  Office  of the
Corporation.

                         ARTICLE II - NATURE OF BUSINESS
         The Corporation may engage in or transact any or all lawful  activities
or  business  permitted  under the laws of the  United  States  and the State of
Florida, or any other state, county, territory or nation.

                           ARTICLE III - CAPITAL STOCK
         Section 1 - Classes of Stock. The total number of shares of all classes
of  capital  stock  which  the  Corporation  shall  have  authority  to issue is
10,000,000 consisting of:

                    A. 2,000,000  shares of preferred  stock, par value one cent
($0.01) per share ("Preferred Stock"); and

                    B.  8,000,000  shares  of common  stock,  par value one cent
($0.01) per share ("Common Stock").  Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall
be entitled to one vote per share.  

          Section 2 - Preferred  Stock:  The Board of Directors  is  authorized,
subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the
shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the
applicable  laws of the State of Florida  (such  certificate  being  hereinafter
referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"),  to establish from time to time
the  number  of  shares  to be  included  in  each  such  series  and to fix the
designation,  powers,  preferences  and rights of the shares of each such series
and any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof.  The number of
authorized  shares of Preferred  Stock may be  increased  or decreased  (but not
below the number of shares  then  outstanding)  by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of a majority of the Common Stock,  without a vote of the holders of the
Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof,  unless a vote of any such holders is
required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

                         ARTICLE IV - TERM OF EXISTENCE
         This Corporation is to exist perpetually.

                       ARTICLE V - OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
         The names and street  addresses of the initial  officers and  directors
who shall hold  office the first year of the  Corporation's  existence  or until
their successors are elected are:


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Name                                    Address                                         Title
- ----                                    -------                                         -----

<S>                                 <C>                                                 <C>
Alton C. Milton                     2451 Castle Heights Dr.                             Chairman of
                                    Lake City, FL 32025                                 The Board, Director

Robert W. Woodard                   2451 Castle Heights Dr.                             President and     Chief
                                    Lake City, FL 32025                                 Executive Officer,
                                                                                        Director

Robert M. Eadie                     Rt. 13, Box 559                                     Treasurer, Director
                                    Lake City, FL 32055

Roger W. Ratliff                    Rt. 4, Box 77-B                                     Secretary,Director
                                    Jasper, FL 32052

Samuel F. Brewer                    226 Park Lane                                       Director
                                    Lake City, FL 32025

John W. Burns,III                   2451 Castle Heights Dr.                             Director
                                    Lake City, FL 32025


Arthur W. Coward                    2451 Castle Heights Dr.                             Director
                                    Lake City, FL 32025

Renny B. Eadie, III                 Rt5, Box 913                                        Director
                                    Lake City, FL 32024

Garland Kirby                       445 S. 7th Street                                   Director
                                    Lake City, FL 32025

J. Gregory Pittman                  Rt. 13 Box 468                                      Director
                                    Lake City, FL 32055
</TABLE>


                           ARTICLE VI - INCORPORATORS
         The name and street  address of the  incorporator  to these Articles of
Incorporation  is Igler & Dougherty,  P.A., 1501 Park Avenue East,  Tallahassee,
Florida 32301.

             ARTICLE VII - MANAGEMENT OF THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
         Section 1 - Authority  of the Board.  The  business  and affairs of the
Corporation  shall  be  managed  by or  under  the  direction  of the  Board  of
Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them
by the Florida  Statutes or by these Articles of  Incorporation or the Bylaws of
the Corporation,  the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers
and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
         Section 2 - Action by Shareholders. Any action required or permitted to
be taken by the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  must be  effected  at a duly
called Annual or Special  Meeting of Shareholders of the Corporation and may not
be effected by any consent in writing by such shareholders.


<PAGE>



         Section 3 - Special  Meetings  of  Shareholders.  Special  Meetings  of
shareholders of the Corporation may be called by the Board of Directors pursuant
to a  resolution  adopted  by a  majority  of the  total  number  of  authorized
directors  (whether or not there exist any  vacancies in  previously  authorized
directorships  at the time any such  resolution  is  presented  to the Board for
adoption), the Chairman of the Board or the President of the Corporation,  or by
shareholders holding at least 20% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation.

                       ARTICLE VIII - NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
         Section  1 -  Number  of  Directors:  The  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation  shall be comprised of not less than three (3) nor more than fifteen
(15) directors and shall be fixed from time to time  exclusively by the Board of
Directors  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a majority of the Full Board as
set forth in the Corporation's  Bylaws.  The Board of Directors is authorized to
increase the number of directors by no more than two and to immediately  appoint
persons to fill the new  director  positions  until the next  Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders,  at which  meeting the new director  positions  shall be filled by
persons elected by the shareholders of the Corporation.  However, this paragraph
shall  not be  construed  to limit  the  authority  of the  shareholders  of the
Corporation to increase the number of directors in accordance with the Bylaws of
the Corporation.

         Section  2 -  Election  and  Term:  Directors  shall  be  elected  by a
plurality of the votes cast by the shares  entitled to vote in the election at a
meeting at which a quorum is present.  The term of the initial  directors of the
Corporation  expires at the first  shareholders'  meeting at which directors are
elected.

         Section 3 - Classes: The directors shall be divided into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the
first class (Class I) to expire at the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  one year
following their  election,  the term of office of the second class (Class II) to
expire at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders  two years following their election
and the term of office of the third  class  (Class  III) to expire at the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders  three years  following  their election.  At each Annual
Meeting of  Shareholders  following  such initial  classification  and election,
directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected
for a term of  office  to  expire at the  third  succeeding  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders after their election.

         Section 4 - Vacancies:  Newly created directorships  resulting from any
increase in the authorized  number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of
Directors  resulting  from  death,  resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,
removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority  vote of the
directors then in office,  though less than a quorum.  Directors so chosen shall
hold office for a term expiring at the next Annual Meeting of  Shareholders.  No
decrease in the number of directors  constituting  the Board of Directors  shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.

         Section 5 - Notice:  Advance notice of shareholder  nominations for the
election of directors and of business to be brought by  shareholders  before any
meeting  of the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  shall be given in the manner
provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

         Section 6 - Removal by Shareholders:  Any director, or the entire Board
of Directors,  may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least 66% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation  entitled to vote  generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class.



<PAGE>





              ARTICLE IX - SPECIAL VOTING PROVISIONS FOR AFFILIATED
                     TRANSACTIONS AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

         Section  1 -  Definitions:  The terms  defined  below  shall  apply for
purposes of this Article IX:

                  A.  "Affiliated  Transaction,"  when used in  reference to the
         Corporation and any Interested  Shareholder  (as hereinafter  defined),
         means any of the following situations:

                           l. any merger or  consolidation of the Corporation or
                  any   Subsidiary  (as   hereinafter   defined)  with  (i)  any
                  Interested  Shareholder or (ii) any other corporation (whether
                  or not itself an  Interested  Shareholder)  which is, or after
                  such  merger or  consolidation  would be, an  Affiliate  of an
                  Interested Shareholder.

                           2.  any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,
                  transfer or other  disposition (in one transaction or a series
                  of   transactions)   of  assets  of  the  Corporation  or  any
                  Subsidiary  of  the  Corporation  to or  with  any  Interested
                  Shareholder,  or any Affiliate or Associate of any  Interested
                  Shareholder:

                                    a. Having an  aggregate  fair  market  value
                           equal  to 5% or more  of the  aggregate  fair  market
                           value of all  assets,  determined  on a  consolidated
                           basis, of the Corporation; or

                                    b. Having an  aggregate  fair  market  value
                           equal  to 5% or more  of the  aggregate  fair  market
                           value of all outstanding  shares of the  Corporation;
                           or

                                    c.  Representing  5% or more of the  earning
                           power  or net  income  determined  on a  consolidated
                           basis, of the Corporation.

                           3. the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any
                  Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of
                  any  shares  of  the  Corporation  or  any  Subsidiary  to any
                  Interested  Shareholder  or any  Affiliate  of any  Interested
                  Shareholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property
                  (or a  combination  thereof)  having an aggregate  Fair Market
                  Value (as  hereinafter  defined)  equaling or  exceeding 5% or
                  more of all the outstanding  shares of the Corporation and its
                  Subsidiaries,  except  pursuant to the exercise of warrants or
                  rights  to   purchase   stock   offered,   or  a  dividend  or
                  distribution paid or made, pro rata to all shareholders of the
                  Corporation.

                           4.  the  adoption  of any  plan or  proposal  for the
                  liquidation or dissolution of the  Corporation  proposed by or
                  on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate of any
                  Interested Shareholder.

                           5. any reclassification of securities  (including any
                  reverse stock split), or  recapitalization of the Corporation,
                  or any merger or  consolidation of the Corporation with any of
                  its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with
                  or into or  otherwise  involving  an  Interested  Shareholder)
                  which has the effect,  directly or  indirectly,  of increasing
                  the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class
                  of equity or convertible  securities of the Corporation or any
                  Subsidiary  which  is  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by any
                  Interested  Shareholder  or any  Affiliate  of any  Interested
                  Shareholder.


<PAGE>



                           6. any receipt by the  Interested  Shareholder or any
                  Affiliate or Associate of the  Interested  Shareholder  of the
                  benefit,  directly or indirectly (except  proportionately as a
                  shareholder  of  the  Corporation),  of any  loans,  advances,
                  guaranties,  pledges, or other financial assistance or any tax
                  credits or other tax  advantages  provided  by or through  the
                  Corporation.
         
                  B.  "Interested  Shareholder"  means  any  Person  who  is the
         Beneficial  Owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  of more  than 10% of the
         outstanding  voting  shares  of  the  corporation.  However,  the  term
         "Interested  Shareholder"  shall not  include  the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary;  any savings,  employee stock ownership,  or other employee
         benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary;  or any fiduciary of
         any  such  plan  when  acting  in such  capacity.  For the  purpose  of
         determining whether a person is an Interested  Shareholder  pursuant to
         this  Section,  the  number  of shares  of  Voting  Stock  deemed to be
         outstanding  shall include  shares deemed owned through  application of
         Article  III,  Section  3, but shall not  include  any other  shares of
         Voting Stock that may be issuable pursuant to any contract, arrangement
         or  understanding,   upon  exercise  of  conversion  rights,  warrants,
         options, or otherwise.

                  C.  "Subsidiary"  means any corporation of which a majority of
         any class of equity security is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the
         Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition
         of Interested  Shareholder  set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1,
         the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority
         of each class of equity security is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by
         the Corporation.

                  D.  "Disinterested  Director" means any member of the Board of
         Directors who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and was a
         member of the Board of Directors  prior to the time that the Interested
         Shareholder  became an Interested  Shareholder,  and any successor of a
         Disinterested   Director  who  is  unaffiliated   with  the  Interested
         Shareholder and is recommended to succeed a Disinterested Director by a
         majority of Disinterested  Directors then on the Board of Directors. 

                  E. "Fair Market Value"  means:  (i) the Fair Market Value of a
         share on the date in  question  shall be  determined  by a majority  of
         Disinterested  Directors,  appropriately  adjusted  for any dividend or
         distribution   in  shares  of  such   stock  or  any   combination   or
         reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such  stock into a smaller
         number of shares of such stock;  and (ii) in the case of property other
         than cash or shares, the Fair Market Value of such property on the date
         in question as determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

                  F.  Reference  to "Highest Per Share Price" shall in each case
         with respect to any class of stock  reflect an  appropriate  adjustment
         for any dividend or  distribution  in shares of such stock or any stock
         split or  reclassification  of  outstanding  share of such stock into a
         greater  number  of  shares  of  such  stock  or  any   combination  or
         reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such  stock into a smaller
         number of shares of such stock.

                  G.  "Affiliate"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in Section
         607.0901, Florida Statutes.

                  H.  "Person"  shall  mean any  individual,  a group  acting in
         concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture,
         an investors' pool, a joint stock company,  a trust, an  unincorporated
         organization or similar company,  a syndicate or any other group formed
         for the  purpose  of  acquiring,  holding  or  disposing  of the equity
         securities of the Corporation.

                  I.  "Beneficial  Ownership" is defined herein to mean a Person
         who, directly or indirectly, has the:


<PAGE>



                           1. voting power,  which includes the power to vote or
                  to direct  the  voting of the  "Voting  Stock" as that term is
                  defined herein;

                           2.  investment  power,  which  includes  the power to
                  dispose of or to direct the  disposition  of the Voting Stock;
                  or

                           3.  the  right  to  acquire   the  voting   power  or
                  investment   power,   whether   such   right  is   exercisable
                  immediately or only after the passage of time, pursuant to any
                  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding or upon the exercise
                  of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

                  J. "Acting in Concert"  means (i) knowing  participation  in a
         joint  activity  or  conscious  parallel  action  towards a common goal
         whether or not pursuant to an express agreement;  or (ii) a combination
         or pooling of voting or other  interests in the securities of an issuer
         for  a  common  purpose   pursuant  to  any  contract,   understanding,
         relationship,  agreement  or other  arrangements,  whether  written  or
         otherwise.

                  K. "Voting Stock" means the outstanding  shares of all classes
         or series of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election
         of directors.

         Section 2 -  Affiliated  Transactions:  In addition to any  affirmative
vote required by law or these Articles of Incorporation, and except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Section, any Affiliated Transaction shall be approved
by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the Voting Stock, voting
together  as  a  single  class.   Such   affirmative   vote  shall  be  required
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  no  vote  may be  required  or  that a  lesser
percentage  may  be  specified  by law or in any  agreement  with  any  national
securities exchange or otherwise.

         Section 3 -  Exceptions:  The  voting  provisions  of Section 2 of this
Article IX shall not be applicable to a particular Affiliated Transaction if all
of the  conditions  specified in either of the following  Paragraphs A and B are
met:

                  A. The Affiliated  Transaction has been approved by a majority
         of the Disinterested Directors; or

                  B. In the Affiliated Transaction,  consideration shall be paid
         to the holders of each class of voting  shares and all of the following
         conditions shall be met:

                           1.  The  aggregate  amount  of the  cash and the Fair
                  Market Value, as of the valuation date of consideration, other
                  than cash to be  received  per share by the  holders of Common
                  Stock in such Affiliated Transaction are at least equal to the
                  higher of the following:

                                    (a) if  applicable,  the  Highest  Per Share
                           Price (as previously  defined herein),  including any
                           brokerage commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting
                           dealers' fees, paid by the Interested Shareholder for
                           any shares of Common Stock  acquired by it (i) within
                           the two-year  period  immediately  prior to the first
                           public    announcement   date   of   the   Affiliated
                           Transaction  ("Announcement  Date"),  or  (ii) in the
                           transaction   in  which  it  became   an   Interested
                           Shareholder, whichever is higher;

                                    (b) the  Fair  Market  Value  per  share  of
                           Common Stock on the Announcement  Date or on the date
                           on  which  the  Interested   Shareholder   became  an
                           Interested  Shareholder (such latter date is referred
                           to in this Article IX as the  "Determination  Date"),
                           whichever is higher;


<PAGE>



                                    (c) if applicable, the price per share equal
                           to the Fair  Market  Value per share of such class or
                           series determined  pursuant to sub-paragraph  A.1.(b)
                           of this  Section  3,  multiplied  by the ratio of the
                           Highest  Per Share  Price,  including  any  brokerage
                           commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting  dealers'
                           fees,  paid  by the  Interested  Shareholder  for any
                           shares  of Voting  Stock  acquired  by it within  the
                           two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement
                           Date (the  numerator),  to the Fair Market  Value per
                           share of such  class or  series  on the  first day in
                           such   two-year   period  on  which  the   Interested
                           Shareholder    acquired   the   Voting   Stock   (the
                           denominator); or

                                    (d) if applicable,  the highest preferential
                           amount  per share to which the  holders  of shares of
                           such  Voting  Stock are  entitled in the event of any
                           voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or
                           winding up of the Corporation.

                           2. The  consideration  to be received by holders of a
                  particular class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common
                  Stock) shall be in cash or in the same form as the  Interested
                  Shareholder  has  previously  paid for  shares of such  Voting
                  Stock.  If the Interested  Shareholder  has paid for shares of
                  any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of consideration,
                  the form of consideration for such class of Voting Stock shall
                  be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest  number
                  of shares of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by
                  it.  The   consideration  to  be  received  pursuant  to  this
                  provision  shall be subject to  appropriate  adjustment in the
                  event of any  stock  dividend,  stock  split,  combination  of
                  shares or similar event.

                           3.  During  such  portion  of the  three-year  period
                  preceding   the   announcement   date  that  such   Interested
                  Shareholder has become an Interested Shareholder and except as
                  approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors:

                                    (a)  there  shall  have been no  failure  to
                           declare  and  pay  at  the  regular   date  any  full
                           quarterly  dividends  (whether or not  cumulative) on
                           any  outstanding  stock  having  preference  over the
                           Common Stock as to dividends or liquidation;

                                    (b) there  shall have been (i) no  reduction
                           in the annual  rate of  dividends  paid on the Common
                           Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision
                           of the Common  Stock),  and (ii) an  increase in such
                           annual rate of  dividends as necessary to reflect any
                           reclassification (including any reverse stock split),
                           recapitalization,   reorganization   or  any  similar
                           transaction  which  has the  effect of  reducing  the
                           number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, and
                           (iii) no such  Interested  Shareholder who has become
                           the  Beneficial  Owner of any  additional  shares  of
                           Voting Stock except as part of the transaction  which
                           results in such  Interested  Shareholder  becoming an
                           Interested  Shareholder.  

                           4. Unless approved by a majority of the Disinterested
                  Directors,  no Interested  Shareholder shall have received the
                  benefit,  directly or indirectly (except  proportionately as a
                  shareholder), of any loans, advances,  guarantees,  pledges or
                  other  financial  assistance  or any tax  credits or other tax
                  


<PAGE>



                  advantages   provided   by   the   Corporation,   whether   in
                  anticipation   of  or  in  connection   with  such  Affiliated
                  Transaction  or  otherwise,   during  the  three-year   period
                  preceding  the  date  the  Interested  Shareholder  became  an
                  Interested Shareholder.

                           5. A proxy or  information  statement  describing the
                  proposed   Affiliated   Transaction  and  complying  with  the
                  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the
                  rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions
                  replacing such Act, rules or  regulations)  shall be mailed to
                  shareholders  of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the
                  consummation of such business combination (whether or not such
                  proxy  or  information  statement  is  required  to be  mailed
                  pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

         Section 4 - Board Discretion: A majority of the Disinterested Directors
of the  Corporation  shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes
of this Article IX, on the basis of information  known to them after  reasonable
inquiry: (i) whether a person is an Interested  Shareholder;  (ii) the number of
shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person;  (iii) whether a person
is an Affiliate  or Associate of another;  and (iv) whether the assets which are
the subject of any  Affiliated  Transaction  have,  or the  consideration  to be
received for the issuance or transfer of  securities by the  Corporation  or any
Subsidiary in any  Affiliated  Transaction  has, an aggregate  Fair Market Value
equal to or greater than 25% of the combined  assets of the  Corporation and its
Subsidiaries.  A majority of the Disinterested  Directors shall have the further
power to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article IX.

         Section 5 - Interested  Shareholder's  Duty:  Nothing contained in this
Article IX shall be construed  to relieve any  Interested  Shareholder  from any
fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

         Section 6 - Amendment:  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of these
Articles of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a
lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any  affirmative  vote of the holders
of any particular  class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, or these
Articles of  Incorporation,  the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66%
of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding  shares of the Voting Stock
(after  giving  effect to the  provisions  of Article  III of these  Articles of
Incorporation),  voting together as a single class,  shall be required to alter,
amend or repeal this Article IX.

                     ARTICLE X - CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITIONS
         It is  the  intent  of  the  Organizers  of the  Corporation  that  the
provisions  of  the  "Florida  Control-Share   Acquisitions"  statute,   Section
607.0902,  Florida  Statutes  (1994  Supp.) shall apply to  acquisitions  of the
Corporation's  shares by a person acting alone or as part of a group which would
result in an Acquiring Person,  as defined herein,  owning Control Shares of the
Company,  except for those  acquisitions  defined in Section  1(f)(2) and (3) of
this Article X.

         SECTION 1 - Definitions:  The following terms when used in this section
shall mean:

                  A. "Acquiring  Person" means a person who makes or proposes to
              make,  or  persons  acting  as a "group"  as  defined  in  Section
              13(d)(3)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  who  make or
              propose  to make,  a  Control-Share  Acquisition;  but  "Acquiring
              Person" does not include the Corporation.

                  B. "Acquiring Person  Statement" means the statement  provided
              for in Section  607.0902(6),  Florida  Statutes (1994 Supp.) which
              shall set forth all of the following:


<PAGE>



                           1. The  identity  of the  Acquiring  Person  and each
                  other member of any group of which the  Acquiring  Person is a
                  part for purposes of determining Control Shares.

                           2. A statement that the Acquiring Person Statement is
                  given pursuant to Section 607.0902(6),  Florida Statutes (1994
                  Supp.).

                           3. The  number of shares  of the  Corporation  owned,
                  directly  or  indirectly  following  the  acquisition,  by the
                  Acquiring Person and each other member of the group.

                           4.  The  range  of  voting   power  under  which  the
                  Control-Share  Acquisition  falls or  would,  if  consummated,
                  fall.

                           5. If the  Control-Share  Acquisition  has not  taken
                  place:

                                       (a) A description in reasonable detail of
                           the terms of the proposed Control-Share  Acquisition;
                           and

                                    (b) Representations of the Acquiring Person,
                           together with a statement,  in  reasonable  detail of
                           the  facts  upon  which  they  are  based,  that  the
                           proposed Control-Share  Acquisition,  if consummated,
                           will not be  contrary  to law and that the  Acquiring
                           Person,  has  the  financial  capacity  to  make  the
                           proposed  Control-Share  Acquisition,  including  the
                           acquisition of dissenter's shares, if any.

                  C.  "Affiliate"  means a person  who  directly  or  indirectly
              controls the Corporation.  "Control" means the possession,  direct
              or indirect,  of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
              management and policies of the  Corporation,  whether  through the
              ownership of voting  securities,  by  contract,  or  otherwise.  A
              person's beneficial ownership of ten percent or more of the voting
              power of a  Corporation's  outstanding  shares entitled to vote in
              the election of directors (except a person holding voting power in
              good  faith as an  agent,  bank,  broker,  nominee,  custodian  or
              trustee for one or more beneficial  owners who do not individually
              or as a group control the Corporation)  creates a presumption that
              the person controls the Corporation.

                  D. "All voting  power" means the  aggregate  voting power that
              the shareholders of the Corporation  would have in the election of
              directors, except for this Article.

                  E. "Control Shares" means issued and outstanding shares of the
              Corporation that, except for this section, would have voting power
              when added to all other shares of the Corporation  owned of record
              or beneficially by an Acquiring Person or in respect to which that
              Acquiring  Person may  exercise  or direct the  exercise of voting
              power, that would entitle the Acquiring Person,  immediately after
              acquisition of the shares (directly or indirectly), to exercise or
              direct the exercise of the voting power of the  Corporation in the
              election of directors within any of the following ranges of voting
              power:

                           1.  One-fifth  (1/5) or more but less than  one-third
                  (1/3) of all voting power;

                           2.  One-third  (1/3) or more but less than a majority
                  of all voting power; or

                           3. A majority or more of all voting power.

                  F.       "Control-Share Acquisition" means:


<PAGE>



                           1.  acquisition by any person of ownership of, or the
                  power to direct the  exercise of voting power with respect to,
                  Control Shares.

                           2. A  person  who  acquires  shares  in the  ordinary
                  course of business for the benefit of others in good faith and
                  not for the purpose of circumventing this section has not made
                  a  Control-Shares  Acquisition  of shares in  respect of which
                  that person is not able to exercise or direct the  exercise of
                  votes without further instruction from others.

                           3. The  acquisition  of any  Control  Shares does not
                  constitute a  Control-Share  Acquisition if the acquisition is
                  made in good faith and not for the  purpose  of  circumventing
                  this Section in any of the following circumstances:

                                    (a)  Shares  acquired  in  any  distribution
                           conducted  by the  Corporation  through any public or
                           private offering or acquired  pursuant to any warrant
                           certificate,  stock  option  plan or  other  employee
                           benefit plan.

                                    (b)  Pursuant  to the  laws of  descent  and
                           distribution.

                                    (c) By a donee under an inter vivos gift.

                                    (d) Pursuant to a transfer  between or among
                           immediate family members, or between or among persons
                           under direct common  control.  An  "immediate  family
                           member" is any relative or spouse of a person, or any
                           relative  of such  spouse,  who has the same  home as
                           such person.

                                    (e) Pursuant to the satisfaction of a pledge
                           or other security interest.

                                    (f)   Pursuant   to  a  merger  or  plan  of
                           consolidation   or   share   exchange   effected   in
                           compliance   with  the  Florida   Statutes,   if  the
                           Corporation  is a party to the agreement of merger or
                           plan of consolidation or share exchange.

                                    (g)   From   any   person   whose   previous
                           acquisition of Control Shares would have  constituted
                           a  Control-Shares  Acquisition,  but for this Section
                           F.3.  (other than this subsection  F.3.(g),  provided
                           the  acquisition  does not  result  in the  Acquiring
                           Person  holding voting power within a higher range of
                           voting  power than that of the  person  from whom the
                           Control Shares were acquired.

                                    (h)  Acquisition  by a person of  additional
                           shares  within  the range of  voting  power for which
                           such  person has  received  approval  pursuant to the
                           Control  Share  Statute or within the range of voting
                           power resulting from shares acquired in a transaction
                           described in this Section F.3.

                                    (i) An  increase in voting  power  resulting
                           from any action  taken by the  Corporation,  provided
                           the person whose voting power is thereby  affected is
                           not an Affiliate of the Corporation.

                                    (j) Pursuant to the  solicitation of proxies
                           subject  to  Regulation   14A  under  the  Securities
                           Exchange  Act of 1934 or Chapter  607 of the  Florida
                           Statutes.

                  G. "Interested  Shares" means the shares of the Corporation in
              respect of which any of the  following  persons  may  exercise  or
              direct the  exercise,  as of the  applicable  record date,  of the
              voting  power of the  Corporation  in the  election of  directors,
              other than solely by the authority of a revocable proxy:


<PAGE>



                           1.       The Acquiring Person.

                           2.       Any officer of the Corporation.

                           3.  Any  employee  of the  Corporation  who is also a
                  director of the Corporation.

                  H. "Person" means any  individual,  Corporation,  partnership,
         unincorporated association or other entity.

         SECTION 2 - Voting Rights:  Control Shares of the Corporation  acquired
in a Control-Share Acquisition shall have only such voting rights as are granted
by  resolution  approved by the holders of other than  Interested  Shares of the
Corporation,  as provided for in Section  607.0902(a),  Florida  Statutes  (1994
Supp).

         SECTION 3. -  Redemption  of  Control  Shares by the  Company:  Control
Shares  acquired  in a  Control-Share  Acquisition  with  respect  to  which  no
Acquiring  Person  Statement has been filed with the  Corporation are subject to
redemption by the Corporation at any time during the period ending 60 days after
the last acquisition of Control Shares by such Acquiring Person or persons. Such
shares  are also  subject  to  redemption  by the  Corporation  in the event the
Control  Shares are not  accorded  full  voting  rights by the  shareholders  as
provided  for in Section  607.0902  (10)(b)  and  Section  607.0902(9),  Florida
Statutes  (1994  Supp.).  Such shares shall be subject to redemption at the fair
value thereof. Fair value shall be the higher of, the average price paid for all
shares of the  Corporation,  exclusive  of the Control  Shares,  for the 90 days
prior  to the  date  of  redemption  by the  Corporation  or book  value  of the
Corporation's  shares  on the  last  day of the  month  preceding  the  date  of
redemption by the Corporation,  as calculated by Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Procedures ("GAAP").

         SECTION 4 - Rights of  Dissenting  Shareholders:  If the  Control-Share
Acquisition is approved by the required vote at the meeting of  shareholders  at
which it was voted upon,  then any  shareholder who did not vote in favor of the
Control-Share  Acquisition  shall have the right to file with the  Corporation a
written  demand for payment for  his/her  shares  within ten (10) days after the
date of the shareholder  meeting. A shareholder may demand payment for less than
all of the shares  registered in his/her name. The Corporation shall deliver all
such  demands for payment to the  Acquiring  Person  immediately  following  the
expiration  of the ten (10) day  period.  The  Acquiring  Person  shall  then be
obligated  to  purchase  all shares  subject to the demand for  payment  for the
highest  amount  he  has  proposed  to  pay  per  share  in  the   Control-Share
Acquisition.  Payment to shareholders making demand must be made on the day upon
which the  Control-Share  Acquisition  is  consummated  or upon surrender of the
certificate or certificates  representing  shares for which demand has been made
to the Acquiring  Person,  whichever is later.  Any shareholder  failing to make
demand within the  applicable  ten (10) day period shall remain a shareholder of
the Corporation.

         SECTION 5 - Alteration  or Repeal of this  Section:  This Section shall
not be altered,  amended, or repealed, except by an affirmative vote of at least
66 percent of the total number of shares of the Corporation  entitled to vote on
such matter.

                         ARTICLE XI - ACQUISITION OFFERS
         The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of
another Person to (i) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of
the  Corporation,  (ii)  merge  or  consolidate  the  Corporation  with  another
corporation   or  entity  or  (iii)   purchase  or  otherwise   acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the properties and assets of the  Corporation,  shall,  in
connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining  what is in the best
interest of the Corporation and its shareholders,  give due consideration to all
relevant factors, including,  without limitation, the social and economic effect



<PAGE>



of acceptance of such offer on the  Corporation's  present and future  customers
and employees and those of its  Subsidiaries  (as defined in Article IX); on the
communities  in  which  the  Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  operate  or are
located;  on the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its corporate  objectives
as a financial  institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary
financial  institutions  to fulfill the  objectives of such  institutions  under
applicable statutes and regulations.

                          ARTICLE XII - INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 1 - General:  The  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any  officer,
director,  employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized
by Section  607.0850,  Florida  Statutes,  as it now exists or may  hereafter be
amended,  but in the case of any such  amendment,  only to the extent  that such
amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than
said law permitted the  Corporation  to provide  prior to such  amendment.  This
includes,  but is not  limited  to,  any person who was or is made a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding,  whether civil,
criminal,  administrative or investigative ("Proceeding"), by reason of the fact
that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or
was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request
of the  Corporation  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of  another
corporation  or of a  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
including  service with respect to employee benefit plans,  whether the basis of
such  Proceeding  is  alleged  action in an  official  capacity  as a  director,
officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director,
officer,  employee or agent,  reasonably  incurred or suffered by such person in
connection therewith. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent  and shall  inure to the
benefit of his or her heirs,  executors and administrators;  provided,  however,
that the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any such person  seeking  indemnity  in
connection  with an action,  suit or Proceeding  (or part thereof)  initiated by
such  person only if such  action,  suit or  Proceeding  (or part  thereof)  was
authorized by the Board of Directors of the  Corporation.  Such right shall be a
contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation for all
expenses  incurred  in  defending  any such  proceeding  in advance of its final
disposition; provided, however, that, the payment of such expenses incurred by a
director or officer in his or her  capacity as a director or officer (and not in
any other  capacity in which  service was or is rendered by such person  while a
director  or  officer,  including,  without  limitation,  service to an employee
benefit plan) in advance of the final  disposition of such proceeding,  shall be
made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of
such  director  or  officer,  to repay all  amounts so  advanced if it should be
determined  ultimately  that such  director  or  officer is not  entitled  to be
indemnified under this Article or otherwise.

         Section 2 - Failure to Pay Claim:  If a claim  under  Section 1 of this
Article  is not paid in full by the  Corporation  within 90 days after a written
claim  has  been  received  by the  Corporation,  the  claimant  may at any time
thereafter  bring suit against the  Corporation  to recover the unpaid amount of
the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled
to be paid also the expense of prosecuting  such claim. It shall be a defense to
any such action  (other than an action  brought to enforce a claim for  expenses
incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final  disposition  where
the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the
claimant has not met the  standards of conduct which make it  permissible  under
Section  607.0850 for the  Corporation  to indemnify the claimant for the amount
claimed,  but the burden of proving  such defense  shall be on the  Corporation.



<PAGE>



Neither  the  failure  of the  Corporation  (including  its Board of  Directors,
independent  legal counsel,  or its  shareholders)  to have made a determination
prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is
proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of
conduct  set  forth in  Section  607.0850,  nor an actual  determination  by the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a  presumption  that claimant has not
met the  applicable  standard of conduct.  Section 3 - Other Rights:  The rights
conferred on any  individual  by Sections 1 and 2 of this  Article  shall not be
exclusive of any other right which such individual may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute,  provision of these Articles of Incorporation,  Bylaws of the
Corporation,  agreement,  vote of  shareholders  or  Disinterested  Directors or
otherwise. Section 4 - Insurance: The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself and any such director,  officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation or another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or
other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the
Corporation  would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability  or loss under  Section  607.0850  Section 5 - Personal  Liability:  A
director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or
its  shareholders  for monetary  damages for any  statement,  vote,  decision or
failure to act  regarding  corporate  management or policy except as provided in
the FBCA.  If Section  607.0850 is amended after  adoption of these  Articles of
Incorporation  and such  amendment  further  eliminates  or limits the  personal
liability of  directors,  then the  liability  of a director of the  Corporation
shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest  extent  permitted by the FBCA, as
so  amended.  Any  repeal or  modification  of the  foregoing  paragraph  by the
shareholders  or the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

                            ARTICLE XIII - AMENDMENT
         The  Corporation  reserves  the right to amend or repeal any  provision
contained in these  Articles of  Incorporation  in the manner  prescribed by the
laws of the State of Florida,  and all rights  conferred upon  shareholders  are
granted subject to this reservation;  provided,  however, that,  notwithstanding
any other provision of these Articles of  Incorporation  or any provision of law
which might otherwise  permit a lesser vote or no vote, the affirmative  vote of
the holders of at least 66% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors  (after giving  effect to the  provisions of Article III),
voting  together  as a single  class,  shall be required to amend or repeal this
Article XIII,  Section 3 of Article VII, Article VIII,  Article IX, Article X or
Article XI.


<PAGE>



         IN  WITNESS  OF THE  FOREGOING,  the  undersigned  has  executed  these
Articles of  Incorporation  on behalf of the Board of Directors this 27th day of
June, 1997.




                                                   /s/ H. D. Haughton
                                                   ------------------
                                                   Herbert D. Haughton
                                                   Incorporator/General Counsel

STATE OF FLORIDA           )
COUNTY OF LEON             )

         BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned  Notary  Public,  in and for the State of
Florida at large,  personally appeared Herbert D. Haughton,  known personally to
me to be the  individual  described in and who executed  the  foregoing  Amended
Articles of  Incorporation  of PSB  BancGroup,  Inc. and after being duly sworn,
acknowledged  that he  executed  the  same for the  uses  and  purposes  therein
expressed.


(Seal)                                             /s/ Cristina H. Marshall
                                                   ------------------------
                                                       Notary Public

                                                   Cristina H. Marshall
                                                   ------------------------
                                                   Name Typed or Printed
                                                   My commission expires:
                                                       01/13/98



<PAGE>



                             CERTIFICATE DESIGNATING
                       REGISTERED AGENT/REGISTERED OFFICE


         In accordance  with Section  48.091,  Florida  Statutes,  the following
designation and acceptance are being submitted in compliance thereof.


DESIGNATION:

         Pursuant to the provision of Section 607.0501,  Florida  Statutes,  PSB
BancGroup,  Inc. desires to organize under the laws of the State of Florida, and
in  connection  therewith,  hereby  designates  Igler &  Dougherty,  P.A. as its
registered  agent whose address is 1501 Park Avenue East,  Tallahassee,  Florida
32301,  which address shall also be the address of the Registered  Office of the
Corporation.

ACCEPTANCE:

         Having  been named to accept  service of process  for the  above-stated
corporation, at the place designated in this certificate, we hereby agree to act
in this  capacity,  and we further  agree to comply with the  provisions  of all
statutes relative to the proper and complete  performance of our duties,  and we
accept the duties and obligations of Section 607.0501, Florida Statutes.


IGLER & DOUGHERTY, P.A.


By:  /s/ H. D. Haughton
     ----------------------
       Herbert D. Haughton



Dated:     June   27th, 1997


<PAGE>



                                  APPENDIX "B"
                                ESCROW AGREEMENT


                                     <PAGE>




                      Independent Bankers' Bank of Florida


                                ESCROW AGREEMENT

         This Escrow  Agreement  is entered into and  effective  this 6th day of
January  ,  1998 , by and  between  The  Commercial  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  Florida
corporation  ( the  "Company")  and the  Independent  Bankers'  Bank of  Florida
("Escrow Agent" or "Agent").



                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, the Company, proposes to offer for sale up to 1,333,000 shares
of its $ 0.01 par value common stock (the "Common Stock"), which shares shall be
registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  at a price of $9.00
each, in minimum subscriptions of 500 shares ("Offering"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has  requested  the Escrow  Agent to serve as the
depository for the payment of subscription proceeds ('Payments") received by the
Company from  investor(s) who are subscribing to purchase shares of Common Stock
in the Company  pursuant to, and in accordance  with,  the terms and  conditions
contained in the Company's Prospectus and Subscription Agreements thereto; and

         WHEREAS, the Offering will terminate at 5:00 P.M. Eastern Time, 90 Days
after  the  Effective  Date  of the  Company's  Registration  Statement,  unless
extended  by the  Company for up to an  additional  90 days ( "Initial  Offering
Period"),  and, if during the  Initial  Offering  Period the  minimum  number of
shares have been subscribed to, the Offering will continue until the earlier of:
(i) the maximum  number of shares are  subscribed to, or (ii) one year after the
Effective Date of the Company's Registration Statement.


NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and  understandings  contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:

         (1) The Company hereby appoints and designates the Escrow Agent for the
Purposes  set forth  herein.  The Escrow  Agent  acknowledges  and accepts  said
appointment and designation.  The Company  understands that the Escrow Agent, by
accepting said appointment and designation, in no way endorses the merits of the
offering of the shares described herein. The Company agrees to notify any person
acting on its behalf that the position of Escrow Agent does not constitute  such
an endorsement, and to prohibit said persons from the use of the Agent's name as
an endorser of such  offering.  The Company  further  agrees to allow the Escrow
Agent to review any sales literature in which the Agent's name appears and which
is used in connection with such offering.



<PAGE>



         (3) The Company shall deliver all payments received (the  "Subscription
Funds")  to the  Escrow  Agent  (Independent  Bankers'  Bank of  Florida,  Attn:
Customer  Service  Group) in the form in which they are  received by noon of the
fifth (5th)  business day after their  receipt by the  Company,  and the Company
shall deliver to the Escrow Agent within ten(10) calendar days copies of written
acceptances of the Company for shares in the Company for which the  Subscription
Funds represent payment. Upon receipt of such written acceptance by the Company,
the Escrow Agent shall deposit such funds into the escrow  account.  The Company
shall  also  deliver  to the  Escrow  Agent  completed  copies  of  Subscription
Agreements for each  subscriber,  along with such  subscriber's  name,  address,
number of shares  subscribed  and social  security  or  taxpayer  identification
number.

         (4) Subscription  Funds shall be held and disbursed by the Escrow Agent
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

         (5) In the event any Subscription  Funds are dishonored for payment for
any reason, the Escrow Agent agrees to orally notify the Company thereof as soon
as  practicable  and to  confirm  same in writing  and to return due  dishonored
Subscription Funds to the Company in the form in which they were delivered.

         (6) Should the Company elect to accept a subscription for less than the
number of shares shown in the purchaser's  Subscription Agreement, by indicating
such  lesser  number  of  shares  on  the  written  acceptance  of  the  Company
transmitted  to the Escrow  Agent,  the Agent shall  deposit such payment in the
escrow  account and then,  upon  separate  instruction  from the Company,  remit
within ten (10) days after such deposit to such  subscriber at the address shown
in his Subscription Agreement that amount of his Subscription Funds in excess of
the amount which  constitutes  full payment for the number of subscribed  shares
accepted by the Company as shown in the Company's  written  acceptance,  without
interest or  diminution.  Said  address  shall be provided by the Company to the
Escrow Agent as requested.

         (7)  Definitions as used herein:

                  (a) "Total  Receipts"  shall mean the sum of all  Subscription
Funds  delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant to Paragraph (3) hereof,  less (i)
all  Subscription  Funds returned  pursuant to Paragraphs (5) and (6) hereof and
(ii)  all  Subscription  Funds  which  have  not  been  paid  by  the  financial
institution upon which they are drawn.

                  (b) "Expiration  Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M.,  Eastern Time, 90
days after the Effective Date of the Company's Registration Statement; provided,
however, in the event that the Escrow Agent is given oral notification  followed
in writing,  by the Company that it has elected to extend the offering to a date
not later than 90  additional  days,  then the  Expiration  Date shall mean 5:00
P.M.,  Eastern  Time, on the date to which the offering has been  extended.  The
Company  will  notify the Escrow  Agent of the  effective  date of the  Offering
Circular as soon as practicable after such date has been determined.

                  (c)  "Closing  Date" shall mean the  business day on which the
Company,  after  determining that all of the Offering  conditions have been met,
selects in its sole  discretion.  The  Closing  Date shall be  confirmed  to the
Escrow Agent in writing by the Company.

                  (d)  "Escrow  Release  Conditions"  shall  mean  that  (i) the
Company has not  canceled the  Offering,  and (ii) that the Company has received
preliminary approval from the appropriate  regulatory entity to charter the Bank
as well as preliminary approval for deposit insurance from the FDIC.


<PAGE>



         (8) If, on or before the  Expiration  Date, (i) the Total Receipts held
by the  Escrow  Agent  equal or  exceed  $4,500,000  and (ii)  the  Company  has
certified  to the Agent that,  upon  receipt of the net proceeds of the offering
(after  the  deduction  of all  fees,  commissions,  and other  expenses  of the
offering):   (a)  the  Company  will  have  stockholders'  equity  of  at  least
$4,200,000;  and (b) the Escrow Release  Conditions have been  consummated,  the
Escrow Agent shall :

                           (a) No later than 10:00 A.M.,  Eastern Time,  one day
prior to Closing Date (as that term is defined  herein),  deliver to the Company
all Subscription Agreements provided to the Escrow Agent; and

                           (b) On the Closing  Date, no later than 10:00 o'clock
A.M.,  Eastern  Time,  upon  receipt of 24-hour  written  instructions  from the
Company, remit all amounts representing  Subscription Funds, plus any profits or
earnings,  held by the Escrow Agent pursuant hereto to the Company in accordance
with such instructions.

         (9) If (i) the Escrow Release  Conditions are not met by the Expiration
Date,  or (ii) the  offering is canceled by the company at any time prior to the
Expiration  Date,  then the Escrow Agent shall promptly remit to each subscriber
at the address set forth in his  Subscription  Agreement  an amount equal to the
amount of his  Subscription  Funds  thereunder,  plus any  profits  or  earnings
thereon. The earnings accruing to any individual subscriber under this paragraph
shall be a  prorated  share of the gross  earnings  on all funds  under  escrow,
weighted by the amount and the duration of the funds tendered for the individual
subscription.  Under no  circumstances  will earnings accrue to any subscription
canceled for any reason other than those provided for in this paragraph.

         (10)  Pending   disposition  of  the  Subscription   Funds  under  this
Agreement,  the Escrow Agent will invest collected Subscription Funds, in $1,000
increments  above a  maintained  balance of  $50,000,  in  overnight  repurchase
agreements collateralized at 102% with obligations of the United States Treasury
or United States Government Agencies.  These repurchase  agreement  transactions
will earn  interest at a rate of 35 basis points below the daily  Overnight  Fed
Funds Sold rate.

         (11) The obligations as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate upon the
Agents transferring all funds held hereunder pursuant to the terms of Paragraphs
(7) or (8) herein, as applicable.

         (12) The Escrow  Agent  shall be  protected  in acting upon any written
notice, request, waiver, consent, certificate,  receipt, authorization, or other
paper or document which the Agent believes to be genuine and what it purports to
be.

         (13) The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for anything  which the Agent
may do or refrain from doing in connection  with this Escrow  Agreement,  except
for the Agent's own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

         (14) The Escrow Agent may confer with legal counsel in the event of any
dispute or questions as to the construction of any of the provisions  hereof, or
the Agent's  duties  hereunder,  and shall incur no liability and shall be fully
protected in acting in  accordance  with the opinions and  instructions  of such
counsel.  Any and all expenses and legal fees in this regard will be paid by the
Company.



<PAGE>



         (15) In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other
person resulting in adverse claims and demands being made in connection with any
Subscription  Funds  involved  herein or  affected  hereby,  the Agent  shall be
entitled  to refuse to comply  with any such  claims or  demands as long as such
disagreement may continue,  and in so refusing,  shall make no delivery or other
disposition of any Subscription Funds then held under this Agreement,  and in so
doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain  from acting  until (a) the right
of adverse  claimants shall have been finally settled by binding  arbitration or
finally  adjudicated  in a court in Orange County,  Florida  assuming and having
jurisdiction of the Subscription Funds involved herein or affected hereby or (b)
all  differences  shall have been adjusted by agreement and the Agent shall have
been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the parties hereto.  In the
event of such  disagreement,  the  Agent  may,  but need  not,  tender  into the
registry or custody of any court of  competent  jurisdiction  in Orange  County,
Florida  all money or  property  in the  Agent's  hands  under the terms of this
Agreement,  together with such legal  proceedings as the Agent deems appropriate
and thereupon to be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The
filing of any such legal  proceeding shall not deprive the Agent of compensation
earned prior to such filing.  The Escrow Agent shall have no  obligation to take
any legal action in connection  with this Agreement or towards its  enforcement,
or to appear in,  prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would
or might  involve  the  Agent in any cost,  expense,  loss or  liability  unless
indemnification shall be furnished.

         (16) The Escrow Agent may resign for any reason,  upon thirty (30) days
written  notice to the  Company.  Upon the  expiration  of such  thirty (30) day
notice  period,  the  Escrow  Agent  may  deliver  all  Subscription  Funds  and
Subscription  Agreements  in  possession  under  this  Escrow  Agreement  to any
successor Escrow Agent appointed by the Company, or if no successor Escrow Agent
has been  appointed,  to any court of competent  jurisdiction.  Upon either such
delivery,  the Escrow Agent shall be released from any and all  liability  under
this Escrow Agreement. A termination under this paragraph shall in no way change
the terms of  Paragraphs  (15) and (17)  affecting  reimbursement  of  expenses,
indemnity and fees.

         (17) The Escrow Agent will charge the Company for services  hereunder a
fee of $2,000.00,  plus an additional fee of $5.00 for each check issued, $10.00
for each wire and $.50 for each photo copy  necessitated  in the  performance of
duties,  with  total  fees for  services  not to exceed  $2,500.00.  All  actual
expenses and costs  incurred by the Agent in performing  obligations  under this
Escrow  Agreement  will be paid by the Company.  All fees and expenses  shall be
paid on the Closing Date by the Company.  Any subsequent  fees and expenses will
be paid by the Company upon receipt of invoice.

         (18) All notices and  communications  hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to be duly given if sent by registered or certified mail, return
receipt  requested,  to the  respective  addresses set forth herein.  The Escrow
Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of any fact, including but not limited
to performance or non-performance of any condition,  unless the Escrow Agent has
actually  received  written  notice  thereof from the Company or its  authorized
representative clearly referring to this Escrow Agreement.

         (19) The rights  created by this  Escrow  agreement  shall inure to the
benefit  of,  and the  obligations  created  hereby  shall be  binding  upon the
successors and assigns of the Escrow Agent and the parties hereto.

         (20) This Escrow Agreement shall be construed and enforced according to
the laws of the State of Florida.



<PAGE>



         (21) This Escrow  Agreement  shall terminate and the Escrow Agent shall
be discharged of all  responsibility  hereunder at such time as the Escrow Agent
shall have completed all duties hereunder.

         (22) This Escrow  Agreement  may be  executed in several  counterparts,
which taken together shall constitute a single document.

         (23) This Escrow  Agreement  constitutes the entire  understanding  and
agreement  of the parties  hereto  with  respect to the  transactions  described
herein and supersedes all prior agreements or  understandings,  written or oral,
between the parties with respect thereto.

         (24) If any  provision of this Escrow  Agreement is declared by a court
of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  void or unenforceable,  the remaining
provisions  shall  nevertheless  continue in full force and effect without being
impaired or invalidated in any way.

         (25) The  Company  shall  provide  the Escrow  Agent with its  Employer
Identification Number as assigned by the Internal Revenue Service. Additionally,
the Company shall  complete and return to the Escrow Agent any and all tax forms
or reports required to be maintained or obtained by the Escrow Agent.

         (26) The  authorized  signature  of the Escrow  Agent hereto is consent
that a signed copy hereof may be filed with the various  regulatory  authorities
of the State of Florida and with any Federal  Government  agencies or regulatory
authorities.



<PAGE>




In Agreement and acceptance of the  Independent  Bankers' Bank of Florida Escrow
Agreement between PSB BancGroup, Inc. (Company), for the purpose of organizing a
financial institution to be known as PSB BancGroup, and the Independent Bankers'
Bank of Florida (Escrow Agent).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                                                                       Company
<S>                                         <C>                   
                                            Address:          220 South First Street
                                                              Lake City, Florida 32025
                                            Fax:              (904) 754-0919
                                            Phone:            (904) 754-0002

                                            By:   /s/  Robert W. Woodard
                                                               Authorized Signature

                                            Title: Robert W. Woodard, President & CEO
                                                               (Type Name and Title)

Attest:            1/6/98
                  Date                                  ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED SIGNER


By:    /s/Roger W. Ratliff                  Name:  /s/  Alton C. Milton
                                                          Additional Authorized Signature

Title: Sercrtary                            Title:    Alton C. Milton, Sr., Chairman
       ------------------------                                (Type Name and Title)

           (SEAL)

                                            INDEPENDENT BANKERS' BANK OF FLORIDA
                                            Address:          109 E. Church Street, Suite BB,
                                                                                or
                                                              P.O. Box 4998
                                                              Orlando, Florida  32802-4998
Attest:                 1/6/98              Fax:              (407) 843-4817
        ------------------------------------
                  Date
By:        /s/ Brian Wilkinson              By:     /s/  James H. McKillop
                                                               Authorized Signature
Title:    Senior Vice-President             Title:  James H. McKillop, Senior Vice President
       ------------------------                                (Type Name and Title)
         (CORPORATE SEAL)



</TABLE>



<PAGE>



                                  APPENDIX "C"
                          STOCK SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


<PAGE>



                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                        ORGANIZER SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT



To:         PSB BancGroup, Inc.
            220 South First Street
            Lake City, Florida  32025

Gentlemen:

        You have informed me that PSB BancGroup,  Inc. ("PSB,  Inc."), a Florida
corporation  ("Company"),  is offering  during an Initial  Offering Period which
will end on ____________, 1998 up to a maximum of 500,000 Units, each consisting
of one share of the Company's $0.01 par value common stock ("Common  Stock") and
two Warrants to purchase Common Stock, at a price of $9.00 per Unit as described
in and offered pursuant to the Prospectus dated February , 1998,  ("Prospectus")
which has been furnished to the undersigned.  In addition,  you have informed me
that the minimum subscription is 500 Units.

        1.  Subscription.  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  hereof,  the
undersigned hereby tenders this Subscription Agreement  ("Agreement"),  together
with payment in United States currency by check, bank stock draft or money order
payable to "IBBF,  for PSB  BancGroup,  Inc." (the  "Funds"),  representing  the
payment of $9.00 per Unit for the number of Units indicated below.

        2.  Acceptance of  Subscription.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
Company shall have the right to accept or reject this  subscription  in whole or
in part, for any reason whatsoever.  The Company shall reject this subscription,
if at all, in writing within five business days after receipt of this Agreement.
The  Company  may  reduce  the  number of Units for  which the  undersigned  has
subscribed,  indicating  acceptance of less than all of the Units  subscribed on
the Company's written Form of Acceptance.

        3. Acknowledgments.  The undersigned hereby acknowledges that he/she has
received  a copy of the  Prospectus  and agrees to be bound by the terms of this
Agreement and the Subscription Escrow Agreement.

        4.  Revocation.  The  undersigned  agrees  that once this  Agreement  is
accepted by the Company, it may not be withdrawn.  Therefore,  until the earlier
of the  expiration  of five  business  days after receipt by the Company of this
Agreement or acceptance of this Agreement by the Company,  the  undersigned  may
withdraw  his/her  subscription  and receive a full  refund of the  subscription



<PAGE>



price. The undersigned agrees that, except as provided in this Section 4, he/she
shall not cancel,  terminate or revoke this  Agreement  or any  agreement of the
undersigned  made hereunder and that this  Agreement  shall survive the death or
disability of the undersigned.



<PAGE>




        The Shares to be issued in  connection  with this  subscription  are not
insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or any other Federal or
State agency.  By executing  this  Agreement,  the subscriber is not waiving any
rights the subscriber may have under federal  securities laws,  including the 33
Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     Please fill in the information  requested below, make your check payable to
"IBBF,  for PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.," and mail the  Agreement,  Stock  Certificate
Registration  Instructions  and payment to the  attention of: Robert W. Woodard,
President  and CEO, PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.,  220 South First  Street,  Lake City,
Florida 32025.

- --------------------                    ---------------------------------------
No. of Units Subscribed                         (Signature of Subscriber)

                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                (Signature of Subscriber)

- --------------------                    ---------------------------------------
Fund Tendered ($9.00                          Name(s) (Please Print or Type)
per Unit subscribed)

                                        Date:__________________________________

                                        Phone Number:


                                             __________________________(Home)

                                             __________________________(Office)

                                                    Residence Address:


                                             ---------------------------------

                                             ---------------------------------

                                             ---------------------------------
                                                  City, State and Zip Code

<PAGE>

                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                      NON-ORGANIZER SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT



To:           PSB BancGroup, Inc.
              220 South First Street
              Lake City, Florida  32025

Gentlemen:

        You have informed me that PSB BancGroup,  Inc. ("PSB,  Inc."), a Florida
corporation  ("Company"),  is offering  during an Initial  Offering Period which
will end on ____________, 1998 up to a maximum of 500,000 Units, each consisting
of one share of the Company's $0.01 par value common stock ("Common  Stock") and
one Warrant to purchase  Common Stock, at a price of $9.00 per Unit as described
in and offered pursuant to the Prospectus dated February , 1998,  ("Prospectus")
which has been furnished to the undersigned.  In addition,  you have informed me
that the minimum subscription is 250 Units.

        1.  Subscription.  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  hereof,  the
undersigned hereby tenders this Subscription Agreement  ("Agreement"),  together
with payment in United States currency by check, bank stock draft or money order
payable  to "IBBF,  for PSB  BancGroup,  Inc."(the  "Funds"),  representing  the
payment of $9.00 per Unit for the number of Units indicated below.

        2.  Acceptance of  Subscription.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
Company shall have the right to accept or reject this  subscription  in whole or
in part, for any reason whatsoever.  The Company shall reject this subscription,
if at all, in writing within five business days after receipt of this Agreement.
The  Company  may  reduce  the  number of Units for  which the  undersigned  has
subscribed,  indicating  acceptance of less than all of the Units  subscribed on
the Company's written Form of Acceptance.

        3. Acknowledgments.  The undersigned hereby acknowledges that he/she has
received  a copy of the  Prospectus  and agrees to be bound by the terms of this
Agreement and the Subscription Escrow Agreement.

        4.  Revocation.  The  undersigned  agrees  that once this  Agreement  is
accepted by the Company, it may not be withdrawn.  Therefore,  until the earlier
of the  expiration  of five  business  days after receipt by the Company of this
Agreement or acceptance of this Agreement by the Company,  the  undersigned  may
withdraw  his/her  subscription  and receive a full  refund of the  subscription
price. The undersigned agrees that, except as provided in this Section 4, he/she
shall not cancel,  terminate or revoke this  Agreement  or any  agreement of the
undersigned  made hereunder and that this  Agreement  shall survive the death or
disability of the undersigned.


<PAGE>



        The Shares to be issued in  connection  with this  subscription  are not
insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or any other Federal or
State agency.  By executing  this  Agreement,  the subscriber is not waiving any
rights the subscriber may have under federal  securities laws,  including the 33
Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     Please fill in the information  requested below, make your check payable to
"IBBF,  for PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.," and mail the  Agreement,  Stock  Certificate
Registration  Instructions  and payment to the  attention of: Robert W. Woodard,
President  and CEO, PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.,  220 South First  Street,  Lake City,
Florida 32025.


- --------------------                    ---------------------------------------
No. of Units Subscribed                        (Signature of Subscriber)


                                        ---------------------------------------
                                               (Signature of Subscriber)

- --------------------                    ---------------------------------------
Fund Tendered ($9.00                          Name(s) (Please Print or Type)
per Unit subscribed)

                                           Date: ____________________________

                                           Phone Number:

                                              __________________________(Home)

                                              __________________________(Office)

                                           Residence Address:


                                          ---------------------------------

                                          ---------------------------------

                                          ---------------------------------
                                               City, State and Zip Code


<PAGE>





                   STOCK CERTIFICATE REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Additional  Name if Tenant in Common,  Joint Tenant or Tenants by the Entireties
(see below).

Mailing Address:

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Social Security Number or other Taxpayer Identification Number:  --------------

Number of Shares to be registered in above name(s):  --------------------------


Legal form of ownership:

___ Individual                    ___ Joint Tenants with Rights of Survivorship
___ Tenants in Common             ___ Uniform Gift to Minors
___ Tenants by the Entirety       ___ Other ______________________
    (Husband and wife only)

                       INFORMATION AS TO BANKING INTERESTS

1.       As a  prospective  shareholder  I would be  interested in the following
         services checked below:

                                                   PERSONAL   BUSINESS

         (a)      Checking Account                    ___        ___
         (b)      Savings Account                     ___        ___
         (c)      Certificates of Deposit             ___        ___
         (d)      Individual Retirement Accounts      ___        ___
         (e)      Checking Account Overdraft          ___        ___
                    Protection
         (f)      Consumer Loans (Auto, etc.)         ___        ___
         (g)      Commercial Loans                    ___        ___
         (h)      Equity Line of Credit               ___        ___
         (i)      Mortgage Loans                      ___        ___
         (j)      Revolving personal Credit Line      ___        ___
         (k)      Safe Deposit Box                    ___        ___
         (l)      Automatic Teller Machines (ATM's)   ___        ___
         (m)      Debit Card                          ___        ___
         (n)      Visa/MasterCard                     ___        ___
         (o)      Future Trust Services               ___        ___

2.       I would like our new bank to provide the following additional services:
         --------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>



                               FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
                                    ORGANIZER

                               PSB BancGroup, Inc.
                             220 South First Street
                            Lake City, Florida 32025

To:

Dear Subscriber:

        PSB  BancGroup,   Inc.,   ("Company")   acknowledges   receipt  of  your
subscription  for _______ Units,  each  consisting of one share of its $0.01 par
value  Common  Stock and two  Warrants to purchase one share of Common Stock and
your check in the amount of $________________.

        The  Company  hereby  accepts  your  subscription  for the  purchase  of
_________ Units, for an aggregate amount of $______________, effective as of the
date of this letter.

        YOUR  STOCK  CERTIFICATE(S)  REPRESENTING  SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  DULY
AUTHORIZED AND FULLY PAID ALONG WITH YOUR WARRANT  CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED TO
YOU AS SOON AS  PRACTICABLE  AFTER ALL  SUBSCRIPTION  FUNDS ARE  RELEASED TO THE
COMPANY FROM THE SUBSCRIPTION  ESCROW ACCOUNT,  AS DESCRIBED IN THE SUBSCRIPTION
AGREEMENT  EXECUTED BY YOU AND IN THE PROSPECTUS  WHICH YOU HAVE BEEN FURNISHED.
IN THE EVENT THAT:  (i) THE OFFERING IS CANCELED;  OR (ii) THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF
SUBSCRIPTIONS  (500,000  UNITS) IS NOT OBTAINED;  OR (iii) THE COMPANY SHALL NOT
HAVE  RECEIVED  APPROVAL  FROM THE  FEDERAL  RESERVE  TO  BECOME A BANK  HOLDING
COMPANY;  OR (iv) THE BANK SHALL NOT HAVE RECEIVED  FINAL CHARTER  APPROVAL FROM
THE FLORIDA  COMPTROLLER  AND  APPROVAL FOR DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  FROM THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  YOUR SUBSCRIPTION FUNDS WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU,
TOGETHER  WITH ANY PRO RATA  PORTION OF  INTEREST  EARNED  THEREON,  IF ANY,  AS
DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS.

        If this  acceptance  is for a lesser  number of Units  than that  number
subscribed by you as indicated in your Subscription Agreement,  your payment for
shares  of Units in  excess  of the  number  of Units  accepted  hereby  will be
refunded  to you by mail,  without  interest,  within  ten (10) days of the date
hereof.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            PSB BancGroup, Inc.


                                        BY: ___________________________________
                                            Robert W. Woodard
                                            President & Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>



                               FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
                                  NON-ORGANIZER

                               PSB BancGroup, Inc.
                             220 South First Street
                            Lake City, Florida 32025

To:

Dear Subscriber:

        PSB  BancGroup,   Inc.,   ("Company")   acknowledges   receipt  of  your
subscription  for _______ Units,  each  consisting of one share of its $0.01 par
value  Common  Stock and one Warrant to purchase  one share of Common  Stock and
your check in the amount of $________________.

        The  Company  hereby  accepts  your  subscription  for the  purchase  of
_________ Units, for an aggregate amount of $______________, effective as of the
date of this letter.

        YOUR  STOCK  CERTIFICATE(S)  REPRESENTING  SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  DULY
AUTHORIZED AND FULLY PAID ALONG WITH YOUR WARRANT  CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED TO
YOU AS SOON AS  PRACTICABLE  AFTER ALL  SUBSCRIPTION  FUNDS ARE  RELEASED TO THE
COMPANY FROM THE SUBSCRIPTION  ESCROW ACCOUNT,  AS DESCRIBED IN THE SUBSCRIPTION
AGREEMENT  EXECUTED BY YOU AND IN THE PROSPECTUS  WHICH YOU HAVE BEEN FURNISHED.
IN THE EVENT THAT:  (i) THE OFFERING IS CANCELED;  OR (ii) THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF
SUBSCRIPTIONS  (500,000  UNITS) IS NOT OBTAINED;  OR (iii) THE COMPANY SHALL NOT
HAVE  RECEIVED  APPROVAL  FROM THE  FEDERAL  RESERVE  TO  BECOME A BANK  HOLDING
COMPANY;  OR (iv) THE BANK SHALL NOT HAVE RECEIVED  FINAL CHARTER  APPROVAL FROM
THE FLORIDA  COMPTROLLER  AND  APPROVAL FOR DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  FROM THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,  YOUR SUBSCRIPTION FUNDS WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU,
TOGETHER  WITH ANY PRO RATA  PORTION OF  INTEREST  EARNED  THEREON,  IF ANY,  AS
DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS.

        If this  acceptance  is for a lesser  number of Units  than that  number
subscribed by you as indicated in your Subscription Agreement,  your payment for
shares  of Units in  excess  of the  number  of Units  accepted  hereby  will be
refunded  to you by mail,  without  interest,  within  ten (10) days of the date
hereof.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            PSB BancGroup, Inc.


                                        BY: ___________________________________
                                            Robert W. Woodard
                                            President & Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>



================================================================================

     No dealer,  salesperson  or other  person has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations,  other than those contained in this
Prospectus,  and, if given or made,  such other  information or  representations
must  not be  relied  upon  as  having  been  authorized  by the  Company.  This
Prospectus  does  not  constitute  an  offer  to sell or an  offer  to buy,  any
securities other than the Units to which it relates,  or any offer of such Units
to any  person  in any  state  or other  jurisdiction  in  which  such  offer is
unlawful.  Neither the delivery of this  Prospectus  nor any sale made hereunder
shall  under any  circumstances  create any  implication  that there has been no
change in the affairs of the Company  since the date hereof or that  information
contained  herein is correct as of any time subsequent to any of the dates as of
offers or sales are being made hereunder,  the Company is required to update the
Prospectus to reflect any facts or events  arising  after the effective  date of
the  Registration  Statement  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
which  represent  a  fundamental  change  in the  information  set  forth in the
Registration Statement.

     Until ____________,  1998, all dealers effecting transactions in the Units,
whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required to deliver a
Prospectus.  This  delivery  requirement  is in  addition to the  obligation  of
dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters  and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary.............................     4
Risk Factors...................................     6
The Company....................................     9
Terms of the Offering..........................    10
Use of Proceeds................................    13
Dividend Policy................................    16
Management's Discussion and Analysis
     of Financial Condition and Results
     of Operations ............................    16
Business of the Company........................    16
Business of the Bank...........................    17
Regulation and Supervision.....................    20
Organizers and Principal Shareholders..........    25
Management.....................................    26
Articles of Incorporation - Summary............    31
Legal Proceedings..............................    32
Legal Matters..................................    32
Experts........................................    32
Additional Information.........................    32
Index to Financial Statements..................   F-1
Appendix A - Articles of Incorporation
Appendix B - Escrow Agreement
Appendix C - Stock Subscription Agreement


================================================================================



                             Minimum 500,000 Shares
                            Maximum 1,333,000 Shares





                                     [LOGO]




                                       PSB
                                 BancGroup, Inc.








                       Each Unit consists of One Share of
                                Common Stock and
                              Warrants to Purchase
                             Additional Common Stock






                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------








                               February ___, 1998

================================================================================


<PAGE>







                                     PART-II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24:        Indemnification of Directors and Officers

       As provided  under  Florida law,  the  Company's  Directors  shall not be
personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for monetary damages for
breach of duty of care or any  other  duty owed to the  Company  as a  director,
unless  the breach of or failure to  perform  those  duties  constitutes:  (i) a
violation of criminal law,  unless the director had reasonable  cause to believe
his conduct was lawful,  or had no  reasonable  cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful;  (ii) a  transaction  from which the  director  received  an  improper
personal benefit; (iii) for unlawful corporate distributions;  or (iv) an act or
omission  which  involves a conscious  disregard  for the best  interests of the
Corporation or which involves willful misconduct;  or (v) an act of recklessness
or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose
or in a manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights,  safety,
or property.

       Article XII of the Company's Articles of Incorporation  provides that the
Company shall indemnify a director who has been successful in the defense of any
proceeding  to which he was a party or in defense of any claim,  issue or matter
therein  because  he is or was a director  of the  Company,  against  reasonable
expenses incurred by him in connection with such defense.

       The Company's  Articles of Incorporation also provide that the Company is
required to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent made a party to a
proceeding because he is or was a director,  employee or agent against liability
incurred in the  proceeding if he acted in a manner he believed in good faith or
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of
any criminal  proceeding,  he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful.  Determination  concerning  whether or not the applicable  standard of
conduct has been met can be made by: (i) a  disinterested  majority of the Board
of Directors;  (ii) a majority of a committee of disinterested directors;  (iii)
independent  legal counsel;  or (iv) an affirmative vote of a majority of shares
held by  disinterested  stockholders.  No  indemnification  may be made to or on
behalf of a director, officer,  disinterested stockholder,  employee or agent in
connection  with a  proceeding  by or in the right of the  Company in which such
person  was  adjudged  liable to the  Company  or in  connection  with any other
proceeding  in which such person was adjudged  liable on the basis that personal
benefit was improperly received by him.




<PAGE>



Item 25:        Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

       The  following  table sets forth all expenses  expected to be incurred in
connection  with  the  issuance  and   distribution  of  the  securities   being
registered,  other than the underwriting discounts and commissions,  if any. All
of the amounts shown are estimated except for the registration fees of the SEC.

SEC Registration Fees ...............   $ 3,635

Blue Sky Registration Fees & Expenses     1,365

Legal fees and expenses .............    15,000

Accounting Fees .....................     1,000

Printing and Engraving expenses .....     2,700

Advertising .........................     2,000
                                        -------

       Total ........................   $25,700
                                        =======



Item 26:      Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     During the  organizational  phase of the Company,  and in order to meet the
net worth  requirements of a Florida issuer,  the Company issued 3,942 shares of
Common Stock in a private  Offering to its directors for $45.00 per share.  Each
of these  shares will be exchanged  for one Unit to be issued in this  Offering.
The exchange will not occur until the Conditions of the Offering have been met.




<PAGE>



Item 27:      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

   Exhibit
   Number                                              Description of Exhibit

       3.1           Articles of Incorporation of the Company
                     (Appendix A to Prospectus).

       3.2           By-Laws of the Company.

       4.1           Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

       4.2           Specimen Warrant Certificate.

       4.3           Escrow Agreement with Independent Bankers'
                     Bank of Florida (Appendix B of prospectus).

       4.4           Warrant Plan adopted by the Company on January 9, 1998.

       5.1           Opinion of Igler & Dougherty, P.A.

      10.1           Employment Agreement between the Company and
                     Robert W. Woodard.

      10.2           Land Purchase Agreement.

      23.1           Consent of Igler & Dougherty, P.A., included in the
                     Opinion Letter

      23.2           Consent of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb

      24             Power of Attorney (included in signature page to this
                     Registration Statement).

      27             Financial Data Schedule

- ------------------------------------




<PAGE>



Item 28.      Undertakings.

         (a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

              (1) To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

              (i) To include any prospectus  required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;

              (ii) To  reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising
after  the  effective   date  of  the   Registration   Statement  (or  the  most
post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
represent a fundamental  change in the information set forth in the Registration
Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of
securities  offered (if the total dollar value of  securities  offered would not
exceed that which was  registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of
the estimated  maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  (ss.  230.424[b]  of this
chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more
than a 20%  change  in the  maximum  aggregate  offering  price set forth in the
"Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective Registration Statement;

              (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously  disclosed in the  Registration  Statement or any
material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

              (2) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

              (3) To  remove  from  registration  by means  of a  post-effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

         (c) The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to supplement  the
prospectus,  after the expiration of the subscription  period,  to set forth the
results of the subscription  offer, the transactions by the underwriters  during
the subscription  period, the amount of unsubscribed  securities to be purchased
by the underwriters,  and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any
public offering by the  underwriters is to be made on terms different from those
set forth on the cover page of the prospectus,  a post-effective  amendment will
be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.

         (e)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the Registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the opinion of the  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.

         In the event that a claim for indemnification  against such liabilities
(other than the  payment by the  Registrant  of  expenses  incurred or paid by a
director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  Registrant in the  successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
Registrant  will,  unless in the  opinion  of its  counsel  the  matter has been
settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as
expressed  in the Act and will be  governed  by the final  adjudication  of such
issue.


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the 33 Act, the Registrant  certifies
that it has reasonable  grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements
for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this  registration  statement  to be
signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in Lake
City, State of Florida, on the 9 day of January 1998.

                                          PSB BANCGROUP, INC.


                                  By:     /s/ Robert W. Woodard
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Robert W. Woodard
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer


       KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose signature appears
below  constitutes and appoints  Robert W. Woodard and Alton C. Milton,  Sr. and
each of them, his true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power
of substitution and resubstitution for him in his name , place and stead, in any
and all  capacities,  to sign any and all amendments  (including  post effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement,  and to file same, with all exhibits
thereto,  and other documents in connection  therewith,  with the SEC,  granting
unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents  full  power and  authority  to do and
perform each and every act and thing  requisite  and necessary to be done in and
about the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person,  hereby  ratifying and confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact
and agents may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       Pursuant to the requirements of the 33 Act, this  Registration  Statement
has been signed by the following  persons in the  capacities and as of the dates
indicated:

                Signature                                   Title                                    Date
                ---------                                   -----                                    ----


<S>                                                  <C>                                             <C>    
                                                     Director                                        January 9, 1998
       John W. Burns, III

      /s/ Robert M. Eadie                            Director                                        January 9, 1998
- ----------------------------------------------                                                               
       Robert M. Eadie                               President and Chief Financial Officer

      /s/ Shilpa U. Mhatre                           Director                                        January 9, 1998
- ----------------------------------------------                                                               
       Shilpa U. Mhatre

      /s/ Alton C. Milton                            Director                                        January 9, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------                                                              
       Alton C. Milton, Sr.                          Chairman of the Board

      /s/ Alton C. Milton                            Director                                        January 9, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------                                                              
       Alton C. Milton, Jr.

      /s/ Andrew T. Moore                            Director                                        January 9, 1998
- -------------------------------------------                                                                  
       Andrew T. Moore

      /s/ Robert W. Woodard                          Director, President                             January 9, 1998
- ------------------------------------------                                                                   
       Robert W. Woodard                             and Chief Executive Officer

</TABLE>


                                     <PAGE>



                                   Exhibit 3.2
                             By-Laws of the Company



                                     <PAGE>
                                     BYLAWS
                                       of
                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.

                       Article I. Meeting of Shareholders
                       ----------------------------------

         Section 1. Annual Meeting.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board of
Directors, the annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of Directors,
and for the  transaction  of such other business as may properly come before the
meeting,  shall  be  held  at  the  principal  office  of  PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.
("Corporation"),  at 2:00 p.m., on the 3rd Tuesday of April  following the close
of each fiscal year, if such day is not a legal holiday.  If such day is a legal
holiday,  the annual meeting will be held on the first following day that is not
a legal  holiday  or on such  date  and at such  time  chosen  by the  Board  of
Directors.  Failure to hold the annual meeting at the designated  time shall not
work any forfeiture or a dissolution of the Corporation.

         Section 2. Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the shareholders of
the Corporation may be called by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution
adopted by a majority of the total number of  authorized  directors  (whether or
not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time
any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption), the Chairman of the
Board or the President of the  Corporation,  or by  shareholders  holding twenty
(20%) percent of the outstanding shares of the Corporation.

         Section 3. Place Of Meeting.  Unless otherwise directed by the Board of
Directors,  meetings of the shareholders  shall be held at the principal offices
of the Corporation in the State of Florida.

         Section 4. Notice Of Meeting. Written notice stating the place, day and
hour of the  meeting  and,  in the case of a special  meeting,  the  purpose  or
purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered to each shareholder
of record  entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than
sixty (60) days before the meeting,  either  personally or by mail, by or at the
direction  of the  Chairman  of the Board,  the  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer,  the  Secretary,  or the  officer or persons  calling the  meeting.  If
mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United
States mail  addressed  to the  shareholder  at his address as it appears on the
stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

         Section  5.  Waiver of Notice of Meeting  of  Shareholders.  Any notice
required to be given to any  shareholder of the  Corporation by law or under the
provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the Corporation or these Bylaws
may be waived by a waiver in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to
such notice,  whether before or after the time stated  therein.  Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,  except
when the person attends the meeting for the express  purpose of  objectives,  at
the beginning of the meeting,  to the  transaction  of any business  because the
meeting is not lawfully called or conveyed.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         Section 6. Notice of Adjourned Meetings. When a meeting is adjourned to
another  time or place,  it shall  not be  necessary  to give any  notice of the
adjourned  meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is  adjourned  are
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, and any business may
be transacted at the  adjourned  meeting that might have been  transacted on the
original date of the meeting. If, however,  after the adjournment,  the Board of
Directors  fixes a new record date for the  adjourned  meeting,  a notice of the
adjourned  meeting  shall be given as provided  in Section 4 of these  Bylaws to
each  shareholder  of record on the new  record  date  entitled  to vote at such
meeting.

         Section 7. Closing Of Transfer  Books and Fixing  Record Date.  For the
purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice or to vote at any meeting
of shareholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  or entitled to receive payment or
any dividend,  or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other
purpose,  the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall
be closed for a stated period but not to exceed,  in any case,  sixty (60) days.
If the stock  transfer  books  shall be closed for the  purpose  of  determining
shareholders  entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders,  such
books  shall be closed  for at least ten (10) days  immediately  preceding  such
meeting.

         In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may
fix in  advance  a date  as the  record  date  for  any  such  determination  of
shareholders,  such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, in
case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date
on which the particular action,  requiring such determination of shareholders is
to be taken.

         If the stock  transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed
for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting
of shareholders,  or shareholders  entitled to receive payment of dividend,  the
date on  which  notice  of the  meeting  is  mailed  or the  date on  which  the
resolution of the Board of Directors  declaring such dividend is adopted, as the
case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders.

         When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of
shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall
apply to any  adjournment  thereof,  unless the Board of  Directors  fixes a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.

         Section 8. Voting  Record.  The officer or agent  having  charge of the
stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10)
days before each meeting of  shareholders,  a complete list of the  shareholders
entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof,  with their address
and the  number,  class and series of shares,  if any,  held by each.  Such list
shall  be kept  on file at the  registered  office  of the  Corporation,  at the
principal  place of business of the Corporation or at the office of the transfer
agent or  registrar  of the  Corporation  for a period of ten (10) days prior to
such meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any  shareholder  at any time


                                        2

<PAGE>



during normal business hours.  Such list shall also be produced and kept open at
the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the  inspection of any
shareholder at any time during the meeting.

         If the  requirements  of  this  Section  have  not  been  substantially
complied with,  the meeting shall be adjourned on the demand of any  stockholder
in person or by proxy  until the  requirements  are  complied  with.  If no such
demand is made,  failure to comply with the  requirements  of this Section shall
not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

         Section 9.  Shareholder  Quorum and  Voting.  A majority  of the shares
entitled to vote,  represented in person or by proxy,  shall constitute a quorum
at a meeting of  shareholders.  When a specified item of business is required to
be voted on by a class or series  of stock,  a  majority  of the  shares of such
class or series shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of such item of
business by that class or series.

         If a quorum is present,  the  affirmative  vote of the  majority of the
shares  represented  at the meeting and  entitled to vote on the subject  matter
shall be the act of the  shareholders,  unless  the vote of a greater  number or
voting by classes is required.

         After a quorum has been  established at a  shareholders'  meeting,  the
subsequent  withdrawal  of  shareholders,  so as to reduce  the number of shares
entitled to vote at the meeting  below the number  required for a quorum,  shall
not affect the  validity of any action  taken at the meeting or any  adjournment
thereof.

         Section 10. Voting Of Shares. The holders of common stock shall possess
and exercise  exclusive voting rights.  Each  outstanding  share of common stock
shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of
shareholders.

         Treasury  shares,  shares  of this  Corporation's  own  stock  owned by
another  corporation,  the  majority  of the  voting  stock of which is owned or
controlled by this Corporation,  and shares of this Corporation's own stock held
by it in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any
meeting, and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding
shares at any given time.

         A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing
by the shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

         At the election for directors,  every  shareholder  entitled to vote at
such election shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of
shares owned by him for as many persons as there are  directors to be elected at
that time and for whose election he has a right to vote.

         Shares  entitled to vote standing in the name of another  corporations,
domestic or foreign, may be voted by the officer,  agent, or proxy designated by
the Bylaws of the corporate shareholder. In the absence of any such designation,


                                        3

<PAGE>



or in  case  of  conflicting  designation  by the  corporate  shareholders,  the
Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of
the corporate shareholder shall be presumed to possess, in that order, authority
to vote such shares.

         Shares entitled to vote held by an administrator, executor, guardian or
conservator  may be voted by him,  either  in  person  or by  proxy,  without  a
transfer of such shares into his name.  Shares  entitled to vote standing in the
name of a trustee  may be voted by him,  either  in  person  or by proxy,  but a
trustee  shall not be  entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of
such shares into his name.

         Shares entitled to vote standing in the name of a receiver may be voted
by such  receiver,  and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be
voted by such receiver  without the transfer thereof into his name, if authority
to do so is  contained  in an  appropriate  order of the  court  by  which  such
receiver was appointed.

         A shareholder otherwise entitled to vote whose shares are pledged shall
be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been  transferred into the
name of the  pledgee,  and  thereafter,  the  pledgee  or his  nominee  shall be
entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

         Shares  shall not be  entitled  to vote on any  matter and shall not be
deemed to be outstanding  shares if on or after the date on which written notice
or redemption of redeemable  shares has been mailed to the holders thereof and a
sum  sufficient  to redeem such shares has been  deposited  with a bank or trust
company with  irrevocable  instruction and authority to pay the redemption price
to the holders thereof upon surrender of certificates.

         Section 11. Proxies. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
shareholders  or the  express  consent or dissent  without a meeting or his duly
authorized  attorney-in-fact  may authorize another person or persons to act for
him by proxy.

         Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his  attorney-in-fact.
No proxy  shall be valid  after the  expiration  of six (6) months from the date
thereof,  unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable
at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it, except as otherwise provided by
law.

         The  authority  of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked by
the  incompetence  or death of the  shareholder  who executed the proxy  unless,
before the authority is exercised,  written  notice of an  adjudication  of such
incompetence or of such death is received by the corporate  officer  responsible
for maintaining the list of shareholders.

         If a proxy  for the  same  shares  confers  authority  upon two or more
persons and does not  otherwise  require a majority of them to be present at the
meeting,  or if only one is present  then that one may  exercise  all the powers


                                        4

<PAGE>



conferred  by the proxy;  but if the proxy  holders  present at the  meeting are
equally divided as to the right and manner of voting in any particular case, the
voting of such shares shall be prorated.

         Any proxy  holder may  appoint in  writing a  substitute  to act in his
place, if expressly provided for in the proxy.

         Section  12.  Voting  Trusts.   Any  number  of  shareholders  of  this
Corporation  may  create a voting  trust for the  purpose of  conferring  upon a
trustee or trustees the right to vote or otherwise  represent  their shares,  as
provided  by  law,  for a  period  not to  exceed  five  (5)  years.  Where  the
counterpart  of a  voting  trust  agreement  and the copy of the  record  of the
holders of voting trust  certificates  have been deposited with the Corporation,
the  Corporation is to treat the  shareholders of record as entitled to vote the
shares standing in their names.

         A transferee of shares of this  Corporation  shall be bound by any such
shareholder's  agreement if he takes the shares  subject to such  agreement with
notice thereof.

         Section 13. Shareholders' Agreements.  Two or more shareholders of this
Corporation  may enter into an agreement if in writing and signed by the parties
thereof,  providing for the exercise of voting rights in the manner  provided in
the  Agreement,  or as they may  agree,  or as  determined  in  accordance  with
procedures  agreed upon by them.  Nothing  therein shall impair the right of the
Corporation to treat the  shareholders  of record as entitled to vote the shares
standing in their names.

         A transferee of shares of this  Corporation  shall be bound by any such
shareholder's  Agreement if he takes the shares  subject to such  Agreement with
notice thereof.

         Section 14.  Shareholder  Proposals and New Business.  To be considered
for inclusion in the proxy statement and proxy relating to the annual meeting of
shareholders, a shareholder proposal must be received by the Corporate Secretary
of the  Corporation  by no later than one hundred  twenty (120) calendar days in
advance  of the date  (month  and  date) of the  Corporation's  proxy  statement
released to  shareholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting,
except if no annual meeting was held in the previous year, such proposal must be
received by the Corporation at a reasonable  time before a solicitation  for the
upcoming annual meeting of shareholders is made.

         A  shareholder  may place on the  agenda  certain  new  business  to be
considered  at an annual  meeting,  including  the  nominations  for  directors,
provided  the  shareholder  has given  proper  written  notice to the  Corporate
Secretary of not less than ten business  days before the time  originally  fixed
for such meeting.



                                        5

<PAGE>



                             Article II. Directors.
                             ----------------------

         Section 1.  Function.  All  corporate  powers  shall be exercised by or
under the authority of the Board of  Directors,  and the business and affairs of
this Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

         Section 2. Qualification. The directors are required to be shareholders
of this  Corporation  and must own  directly  or  beneficially  a minimum of 500
shares of the Company's common stock.

         Section 3. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to
fix the compensation of directors.

         Section 4. Duties Of Directors.  A director shall perform his duties as
a director,  including his duties as a member of any committee of the Board upon
which he may serve, in good faith,  in a manner he reasonable  believes to be in
the best  interests  of the  corporation,  and with such  care as an  ordinarily
prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.

         In  performing  his  duties,  a director  shall be  entitled to rely on
information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and
other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by:

         (a).    One or more officers or employees of the  Corporation  whom the
                 director  reasonably  believes to be reliable and  competent in
                 the matters presented; or

         (b).    Counsel,  public  accountants  or other  persons  as to matters
                 which  the  director  reasonably  believes  to be  within  such
                 persons' professional or expert competence; or

         (c).    A  committee  or the Board upon  which he does not serve,  duly
                 designated  in  accordance  with a provision of the Articles of
                 Incorporation  or  these  Bylaws,  as  to  matters  within  its
                 designated  authority,  which committee the director reasonably
                 believes to merit confidence.

         A director shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has
knowledge  concerning  the matter in  question  that would  cause such  reliance
described above to be unwarranted.

         A person who performs his duties in compliance  with this section shall
have  no  liability  by  reason  of  being  or  having  been a  director  of the
Corporation.



                                        6

<PAGE>



         Section 5. Presumption Of Assent. A director of the Corporation, who is
present at a meeting of its Board of Directors at which action on any  corporate
matter is taken,  shall be presumed to have  assented to the action taken unless
he votes against such action or abstains from voting in respect  thereto because
of an asserted conflict of interest.

         Section 6. Number. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be
managed  under the  direction  of the Board  numbering  not less than  three (3)
members nor more than  fifteen  (15)  members.  The number of  directors  may be
increased  or decreased  from time to time by action of the Board of  Directors,
but no decrease  shall have the effect of shortening  the terms of any incumbent
director.  If the number of  directors  is changed,  any increase or decrease in
directorships  shall be so apportioned  among the classes as to make all classes
as nearly equal in number as possible.

         Section 7. Election and Term. Directors shall be elected by a plurality
of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at
which a quorum is present.  The term of the initial directors of the Corporation
expires at the first shareholders'  meeting at which directors are elected.  The
terms of subsequent  directors shall expire in accordance with the expiration of
their Class.

         Section 8.   Director Committees.

                 (a) The board of  Directors  may create one or more  committees
and appoint  members of the board of directors to serve on them.  Each committee
must have three or more members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board of
directors.

                 (b) The creation of a committee and  appointment  of members to
it must be approved by a majority of all the directors in office when the action
is taken.

                 (c)  Each  committee   shall  exercise  those  aspects  of  the
authority  of the board of directors  which the board of directors  confers upon
such committee in the resolution creating the committee.  Provided,  however, no
committee may:

                           (i)      authorize distributions including dividends;

                           (ii)  approve or propose to  shareholders  any action
         that the Florida  Business  Corporation  Act requires to be approved by
         shareholders;

                           (iii) fill  vacancies on the board of directors or on
         any of its committees;

                           (iv)     adopt, amend, or repeal bylaws;

                           (v)   approve   a  plan  of  merger   not   requiring
         shareholder approval;

                                        7

<PAGE>



                           (vi)  authorize  or  approve  any   reacquisition  of
         shares; or

                           (vii)  authorize  or approve the  issuance or sale or
         contract for sale of shares or determine the  designation  and relative
         rights, preferences, and limitations of a class or series of shares.

         Section 9.  Executive  Committee.  The board of directors by resolution
adopted by a  majority  of the full  board,  may  designate  five or more of its
members to constitute an executive  committee and designate one of whom shall be
chairman.  The  designation  of such  committee  and the  delegation  thereto of
authority  shall not  operate to relieve the board of  directors,  or any member
thereof, of any responsibility imposed by law.

                 (a) The executive  committee shall have and may exercise all of
the authority of the board of directors except to the extent,  if any, that such
authority shall be limited by these bylaws.

                 (b) Each member of the  executive  committee  shall hold office
until the next regular  annual  meeting of the board of directors  following his
designation or until his successor is designated, elected and qualified.

                 (c) Regular  meetings of the  executive  committee  may be held
without notice at such times and places as the executive  committee may fix from
time to time by resolution.  Special meetings of the executive  committee may be
called by any member  thereof  upon not less than one day's  notice  stating the
place, date and hour of the meeting.  Any member of the executive  committee may
waive  notice of any meeting  and no notice of any meeting  need be given to any
member who attends in person. The notice of a meeting of the executive committee
need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

                 (d) Three members of the executive committee shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action of the
executive  committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

                 (e)  Any  action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  by the
executive  committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in
writing,  setting  forth  the  action  so  taken,  shall be signed by all of the
members of the executive committee.

                 (f) Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any
time with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board
of  directors.  Any  member  of the  executive  committee  may  resign  from the
executive  committee at any time by giving  written  notice to the  president or
secretary  of the  corporation,  and unless  otherwise  specified  therein,  the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                 (g) The executive  committee may fix its own rules of procedure
which shall not be inconsistent with these Bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes
of its  proceedings  and  report  the  same to the  board of  directors  for its
information at the director's  meeting held next after the proceedings have been
taken.

         Section 10. Alternate  Committee  Members.  The Board of Directors,  by
resolution  adopted in accordance  with this Section,  may designate one or more
directors as alternate  members of any  committee,  who may act in the place and
instead of any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee.

         Section 11. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors,
including  any  vacancy  created  by  reason  of an  increase  in the  number of
directors,  may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining
directors  though  less  than a quorum  of the Board of  Directors.  A  director
elected to fill a vacancy  shall hold  office  only until the next  election  of
directors by the shareholders.

         Section 12.   Removal Of Directors.   Directors may be removed for:

         (a).    Any reason at a meeting  of  stockholders,  noticed  and called
                 expressly  for that  purpose,  by a vote of the  holders of not
                 less  than  60% of the  shares  then  entitled  to  vote  at an
                 election of directors; or

         (b).    "Cause",  by a vote of not less  than 60% of the  Disinterested
                 Directors  entitled  to vote,  at a meeting  noticed and called
                 expressly for that purpose. The term "cause" is defined to mean
                 the commission of an act of willful  misconduct,  self-dealing,
                 malfeasance,  gross negligence,  personal dishonesty, breach of
                 fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional  failure
                 to perform stated duties, or willful violation of any law, rule
                 or  regulation  (other  than  traffic   violations  or  similar
                 offenses).  A  "Disinterested  Director"  is  defined  to  be a
                 director who is not the subject of the removal action.

         Section 13.  Director  Quorum and  Voting.  A majority of the number of
directors,  fixed by these Bylaws, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business.  The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting,  at
which a quorum is present, shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

         Section  14.  Director  Conflicts  Of  Interest.  No  contract or other
transaction  between this  Corporation  and one or more of its  directors or any
other  corporation,  firm,  association  or  entity  in which one or more of its
directors  are  directors or officers or are  financially  interested,  shall be
either void or voidable because of such relationship or interest or because such
director or directors  are present at the meeting or the Board of Directors of a
committee  thereof  which  authorized,  approves or ratifiers  such  contract or
transaction or because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:

                                        9

<PAGE>



         (a).    The fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known
                 to the  Board  of  Directors  or  committee  which  authorizes,
                 approves or ratifies the contract or  transaction  by a vote or
                 consent; or

         (b).    The fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known
                 to the  shareholders  entitled  to  vote  and  they  authorize,
                 approve  or ratify  such  contract  or  transaction  by vote or
                 written consent; or

         (c).    The contract or  transaction  is fair and  reasonable as to the
                 corporation  at the  time  it is  authorized  by the  Board,  a
                 committee, or the shareholders.

         Common or  interested  directors  may be  counted  in  determining  the
presence  of a quorum at a  meeting  of the Board of  Directors  or a  committee
thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction.

         Section 14. Time,  Notice,  and Call of  Directors'  Meetings.  Regular
meetings of the Board of  Directors,  if held,  shall be held without  notice at
such stated time as the Chairman of the Board, the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Corporation, or any two directors shall direct.

         Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by
the Chairman of the Board, by the President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Corporation,  or by any two  directors.  Written notice of the time and place of
special  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors  shall be given to each  director
either by personal delivery or by mail,  telegram or facsimile at least two days
before the meeting.

         Neither  the  business  to be  transacted  at, nor the  purpose of, any
regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

         Section  15.  Waiver Of  Notice.  Notice  of a meeting  of the Board of
Directors  need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice either
before  or after the  meeting.  Attendance  of a  director  at a  meeting  shall
constitute  a  waiver  of  notice  of such  meeting  and  waiver  of any and all
objections to the place of the meeting,  the time of the meeting,  or the manner
in which it has been called or convened,  except when a director states,  at the
beginning of the meeting,  any objection to the transaction of business  because
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

         Section 16. Adjournments.  A majority of the directors present, whether
or not a quorum  exists,  may adjourn any meeting of the Board of  Directors  to
another time and place.  Notice of any such adjourned  meeting shall be given to
the directors who were not present at the time of the  adjournment  and,  unless
the time and place of the  adjoined  meeting  are  announced  at the time of the
adjournment, to the other directors.


                                       10

<PAGE>



         Section 17. Participation by Conference Telephone. Members of the Board
of Directors of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board
or  Committee  by  way  of  a  conference  telephone  or  similar  communicating
equipment,  provided all the  participants at the meeting can hear each other at
the same time.  Participation by such means shall constitute  presence in person
at such meeting.

         Section 18. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action required by law to be
taken at a meeting of the directors of the Corporation,  or any action which may
be taken at a meeting of the  directors  or a  committee  thereof,  may be taken
without a meeting if a consent  in  writing,  setting  forth the action so to be
take, signed by all of the directors, or all of the members of the committee, as
the case may be, is filed in the minutes of the  proceedings of the Board or the
committee. Such consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

                              Article III. Officers
                              ---------------------

         Section  1.  Officers,  Election  and Terms Of  Office.  The  Principal
officers of this  Corporation  shall consist of a President and Chief  Executive
Officer,  and may  consist  of one or  more  Vice  Presidents,  a  Secretary,  a
Treasurer,  and (at the  discretion of the Board of Directors) a Chairman of the
Board,  each of whom  shall be elected  by the Board of  Directors  at the first
meeting of directors immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders of
this Corporation;  and shall hold their respective  offices from the date of the
meeting at which  elected until the time of the next  succeeding  meeting of the
Board following the annual meeting of the  shareholders.  The Board of Directors
shall have the power to elect or appoint,  for such term as it may see fit, such
other officers and assistant officers and agents as it my deem necessary, and to
prescribe such duties for them to perform as it may deem  advisable.  Any two or
more offices may be held by the same person.  Failure to elect a Chairman of the
Board,  President,  Vice President,  Secretary or Treasurer shall not affect the
existence of the Corporation.

         Section  2.  Removal  Of  Officers.  Any  officer  or agent  elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board whenever, in its
judgment, the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby.

         Any officer or agent elected by the shareholders may be removed only by
vote of the  shareholders,  unless the  shareholders  shall have  authorized the
directors to remove such officer or agent.

         Removal of any  officer  shall be  without  prejudice  to the  contract
rights, if any, of the person so removed; however, election or appointment of an
officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

         Section 3. Vacancies. Any vacancy, however occurring, in any office may
be filled by the Board of Directors.


                                       11

<PAGE>



         Section 4.  Chairman  Of the  Board.  At its  discretion,  the Board of
Directors  may elect one of its members to serve as  Chairman of the Board.  The
Chairman of the Board shall coordinate and supervise the activities of all other
officers of the  Corporation.  The Chairman of the Board shall from time to time
call special  meetings of the Board of Directors  whenever he deems it necessary
to do so or  whenever  the  requisite  number  of the  members  of the  Board of
Directors  shall request him in writing to do so. He or she shall preside at all
meetings of the  shareholders  and the Board of  Directors  and shall  generally
perform such other duties as are delegated to him by the Board of Directors.

         Section 5. President and Chief Executive  Officer.  Except as otherwise
provided in these Bylaws, the President and Chief Executive Officer,  subject to
the  directions  of and  limitations  imposed by the Board of  Directors,  shall
perform all the duties and have all the power usually  pertaining and attributed
by law or otherwise to the office of the President and Chief  Executive  Officer
of the  Corporation.  He or she shall,  in the  absence of the  Chairman  of the
Board,  preside at all meetings of the  shareholders and the Board of Directors.
The President and Chief Executive Officer, unless some other person is thereunto
expressly  authorized by  resolution  of the Board of Directors,  shall sign all
certificates of stock, execute all contracts, deeds, notes, mortgages, bonds and
other  instruments  and papers in the name of the Corporation and on its behalf,
subject to the  control  of the Board of  Directors.  He or she  shall,  at each
annual meeting, present a report of the business and affairs of the Corporation,
and shall from time to time, whenever requested, report to the Board all matters
within his knowledge,  which the interest of the  Corporation  may require to be
brought to the notice of the directors.

         The President and Chief Executive Officer,  after consultation with the
Board of Directors,  shall have the power to employ and terminate the employment
of all such subordinate officers,  agents, clerks and other employees not herein
provided to be selected by the Board,  as he may find  necessary to transact the
business of the Corporation,  and shall have the right,  after consultation with
the Board to fix the compensation thereof.

         Section 6. Vice  President.  The  Corporation may have one or more Vice
Presidents. Each Vice President shall have the powers and perform such duties as
may be delegated to him or her by the Board of  Directors,  or in the absence or
such action by the Board,  then by the Chairman of the Board or by the President
and Chief Executive Officer. In case of the death,  absence, or inability of the
President and Chief Executive Officer to act, except as may be expressly limited
by action of the Board of Directors,  the Board of Directors  shall  designate a
Vice President and Chief Executive Officer following such death of the President
and Chief Executive  Officer or during the absence or inability of the President
and Chief  Executive  Officer to act; and, in such case,  concurrently  with the
President and Chief Executive Officer, shall at all times have the power to sign
all certificates of stock, execute all contracts, deeds, notes, mortgages, bonds
and other instruments and documents in the name of the Corporation in its behalf
which the President and Chief Executive Officer is authorized to do, but subject
to the control and authority at all times of the Board of Directors.


                                       12

<PAGE>



         Section 7.  Secretary.  The  Secretary  shall  keep the  minutes of all
meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors in a book or books to be
kept for such purposes, and also, when so requested, the minutes of all meetings
of committees in a book or books to be kept for such  purposes.  He or she shall
attend to the giving and serving of all notices, and he shall have charge of all
books and papers of the Corporation,  except those hereinafter directed to be in
the charge of the Treasurer,  or except as otherwise  expressly  directed by the
Board of Directors.  He or she shall keep the stock  certificate  book or books.
The  Secretary  shall  be the  custodian  of the  seal of the  Corporation.  The
Treasurer  shall  sign  with the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  all
certificates  of stock as the  Treasurer of this  Corporation  and the Secretary
shall  affix or cause to be affixed  thereto  the seal of the  Corporation.  The
Secretary may sign as Secretary of the Corporation, with the President and Chief
Executive  Officer  in the  name  of the  Corporation  and  on its  behalf,  all
contracts,  deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,  notes and other papers,  instruments and
documents, except as otherwise expressly provided by the Board of Directors, and
as such Secretary he shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto.  Under the
direction of the Chief  Executive  Officer,  the Secretary shall perform all the
duties usually pertaining to the office of Secretary;  and he shall perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President and
Chief Executive Officer.

         Section 8.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of all the
funds and securities of the Corporation  except as may be otherwise  provided by
the Board of  Directors,  and he shall  make such  disposition  of the funds and
other assets of the Corporation as may be directed by the Board of Directors. He
or she shall  keep or cause to be kept a record of all money  received  and paid
out,  and all  vouchers  and receipt  given  therefor,  and all other  financial
transactions of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall have general charge of all
financial  books vouchers and papers  belonging to the Corporation or pertaining
to its business. He or she shall render an account of the Corporation's funds at
the first  meeting of the Board of Directors  immediately  following  the annual
meeting of shareholders of this  Corporation and at such other meetings as he or
she may be  requested,  and he or she  shall  make an  annual  statement  of the
finances  of the  Corporation.  If at any time there is a person  designated  as
Comptroller of the  Corporation,  the Treasurer may delegate to such Comptroller
such duties and powers as to the Treasurer may seem proper.  The Treasurer shall
perform  such other  duties as are usually  incident by law or  otherwise to the
office of the  Treasurer,  and as he or she may be  directed  or required by the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

                              Article IV. Dividends
                              ---------------------

         The Board of  Directors  of this  Corporation  may,  from time to time,
declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its shares in cash, property or
its own shares, except when the Corporation is insolvent or when the declaration
or payment  thereof  would be  contrary  to any  restrictions  contained  in the
Articles of Incorporation or contrary to any provision in the Florida  Statutes,
subject to the following provisions:


                                                        13

<PAGE>



         (a).    Dividends in cash or property may be declared and paid,  except
                 as  otherwise  provided  in  this  section,  only  out  of  the
                 unreserved and  unrestricted  earned surplus of the Corporation
                 or out of capital surplus,  howsoever arising but each dividend
                 paid  out  of  capital   surplus   shall  be  identified  as  a
                 distribution of capital surplus,  and the amount per share paid
                 from  such  surplus  shall  be  disclosed  to the  shareholders
                 receiving the same concurrently with the distribution.

         (b).    Dividends  may be declared  and paid in the  Corporation's  own
                 treasury shares.

         (c).    Dividends  may be declared  and paid in the  Corporation's  own
                 authorized  but  unissued  shares  out  of any  unreserved  and
                 unrestricted  surplus  of the  Corporation  upon the  following
                 conditions:

                 (1) If a dividend is payable in shares having a par value, such
                 shares  shall be issued at not less than the par value  thereof
                 and there shall be  transferred  to stated  capital at the time
                 such  dividend  is paid an amount of surplus at least  equal to
                 the  aggregate  par  value  of the  shares  to be  issued  as a
                 dividend.

                 (2) If a dividend is payable in shares without par value,  such
                 shares  shall be issued at such stated  value as shall be fixed
                 by the Board of  Directors  by  resolution  adopted at the time
                 such dividend is declared,  and there shall be  transferred  to
                 stated  capital at the time such  dividend is paid an amount of
                 surplus at least equal to the  aggregate  stated value so fixed
                 in  respect  of  such  shares;  and the  amount  per  share  so
                 transferred  to  stated  capital  shall  be  disclosed  to  the
                 shareholders  receiving  such  dividend  concurrently  with the
                 payment thereof.

         (d).    No dividend payable in shares of any class shall be paid to the
                 holders of shares of any other  class  unless the  Articles  of
                 Incorporation  so provide or such payment is  authorized by the
                 affirmative  vote or the  written  consent of the holders of at
                 least a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares  of the class in
                 which the payment is to be made.

         (e).     A split or division  of the issued  shares of any class into a
                  greater number of shares of the same class without  increasing
                  the stated capital of the  Corporation  shall not be construed
                  to be a share dividend within the meaning of this section.

                          Article V. Stock Certificates
                          -----------------------------

         Section 1. Issuance.  Every holder of shares in this Corporation  shall
be  entitled  to have a  certificate,  representing  all  shares  to which he is
entitled. No certificate shall be issued for any share until such share is fully
paid.

         Section 2. Form.  Certificates  representing shares in this Corporation
shall be signed by the President and Chief  Executive  Officer and the Treasurer


                                       14

<PAGE>



and may be sealed with the seal of this Corporation or a facsimile thereof.  The
signatures of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Treasurer may be
facsimiles if the  certificate is manually  signed on behalf of a transfer agent
or a  registrar,  other  than  the  Corporation  itself  or an  employee  of the
Corporation.  In case any officer,  who signed or whose facsimile  signature has
been  placed  upon such  certificate,  is  removed  from or leaves  office,  the
certificate may be issued by the Corporation  with the same effect as if he were
such officer at the date of its issuance.

         Every  certificate  representing  shares which are restricted as to the
sale,  disposition or other transfer of such shares shall state that such shares
are  restricted  as to  transfer  and shall set  forth or fairly  summarize  the
restrictions  upon the  certificate,  or shall state that the  Corporation  will
furnish to any  shareholder  upon request and without charge a full statement of
such restrictions.

         Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face thereof:
the name of the Corporation; that the Corporation is organized under the laws of
the State of  Florida;  the name of the person or persons  to whom  issued;  the
number and class of shares;  and the  designation  of the series,  if any, which
such certificate represents.

         Section 3. Transfer Of Stock.  Transfers of stock shall be made only on
the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the original certificate of stock
(as between the holder and the Corporation) by the holder,  in person,  or by an
attorney-in-fact  under a power of attorney duly executed by the shareholder and
filed with the  Secretary  with  written  direction  for the  transfer,  and the
payment  of a $10.00  transfer  fee and shall not be  regarded  as  evidence  of
ownership  of the same in any person other than the  registered  owner until the
transfer  thereof is duly made on the books of the  Corporation.  No transfer of
stock shall be valid  against the  Corporation  until it has been  effected  and
registered upon the Corporation's books in the manner herein provided.

         On the transfer of any shares,  each certificate shall be receipted for
and such receipt shall be attached to the margin or stub of such  certificate in
the certificate  book. When such  certificate is delivered by the Corporation by
registered or certified  mail,  such delivery shall be sufficient as the receipt
herein  provided  for.  All   certificates   exchanged  or  surrendered  to  the
Corporation  shall be cancelled by the Secretary  and affixed in their  original
places in the certificate  book, and no new  certificates  shall be issued until
the certificate for which it is exchanged has been cancelled and returned to its
original  place in said book,  except as provided  in Section 4 of this  article
pertaining to lost or destroyed certificates.

         If any  holder  of any stock of the  Corporation  has  entered  into an
agreement  with any other  holder of any  stock of the  Corporation  or with the
Corporation,  or both,  relating to a sale or sales or transfer of any shares of
stock of the Corporation,  or wherein or whereby any restriction or condition is
imposed or placed upon or in  connection  with the sale or transfer of any share
of stock of the  Corporation,  and if a duly executed or certified  copy thereof
shall have been filed with the Secretary of the Corporation,  none of the shares
of  stock  covered  by such  agreement  or to  which  it  relates,  of any  such
contracting shareholder,  shall be transferred upon the books of the Corporation
until  there has been  filed  with the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  evidence


                                       15

<PAGE>



satisfactory  to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  of  compliance  with  such
agreement,  and any evidence of any kind or quality of compliance with the terms
of such agreement which the Secretary deems  satisfactory or sufficient shall be
conclusive  upon all parties  interested;  provided,  however,  that neither the
Corporation nor any director,  officer, employee or transfer agent thereof shall
be liable for  transferring  or effecting or permitting the transfer of any such
shares  of  stock  contrary  to or  inconsistent  with  the  terms  of any  such
agreement,  in the absence of proof of willful  disregard  thereof or fraud, bad
faith or gross  negligence  on the part of the  party to be  charged;  provided,
further,  that  the  certificate  of  the  Secretary,  under  the  seal  of  the
Corporation,  bearing the date of its issuance by the Secretary, certifying that
such an agreement is or is not on file with the  Secretary,  shall be conclusive
as to such fact so certified for a period of five (5) days from the date of such
certificate,  with respect to the rights of any innocent purchaser or transferee
for value of any such  shares  without  actual  notice of the  existence  of any
restrictive agreement.

         Section 4. Lost Certificates. Any shareholder claiming a certificate of
stock to be lost or destroyed  shall make an affidavit  or  affirmation  to that
fact and affirm that he or she is the owner and holder  thereof,  give notice of
the loss or  destruction  of same in such manner as the Board of  Directors  may
require,  and shall give the  Corporation a bond of indemnity in form,  and with
one or more sureties  satisfactory to the Board of Directors,  which shall be at
least  equal to the book  value of all the shares of stock  represented  by such
certificate, payable as may be required by the Board of Directors to protect the
Corporation and any person injured by the issuance of the new  certificate  from
any  liability  or expense  which it or they may be put to or incur by reason of
the original certificate remaining outstanding;  whereupon the President and the
Treasurer may cause to be issued a new  certificate in the same tenor as the one
alleged to be lost or destroyed,  but always subject to approval of the Board of
Directors.

                          Article VI. Books and Records
                          -----------------------------

         Section 1. Books and Records.  This Corporation  shall keep correct and
complete books and records of accounts and shall keep minutes of the proceedings
of its shareholders, Board of Directors and committees.

         This Corporation shall keep at its registered office or principal place
of business,  or at the office of its transfer  agent or registrar,  a record of
its shareholders,  giving the names and addresses of all  shareholders,  and the
number, class and series, if any, of the shares held by each.

         Any books,  records and minutes may be in written  form or in any other
form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

         Section  2.  Shareholders'  Inspection  Rights.  A  shareholder  of the
Corporation is entitled to inspect and extract during regular business hours, at
the Corporation's  principal  office,  any of the corporate records described in
Section 607.160,  Florida  Statutes,  if the shareholder gives written notice of
his or her demand at least five (5) business days before the date of inspection.


                                       16

<PAGE>



The written demand must state the purpose of the request.  The  Corporation  may
impose a  reasonable  charge to cover the costs of labor and material for copies
of any  documents  provided  to the  shareholder.  The charge may not exceed the
estimated cost of production or reproduction of the records.

         Section 3. Financial  Information.  No later than four (4) months after
the close of each fiscal year,  this  Corporation  shall prepare a balance sheet
showing in reasonable  detail the financial  condition of the  Corporation as of
the close of its  fiscal  year,  and a profit  and loss  statement  showing  the
results of its operations during its fiscal year.

         Upon the written  request of any  shareholder or holder of voting trust
certificates for shares of the Corporation,  the Corporation  shall mail to such
shareholder  or holder of voting  trust  certificates  a copy of the most recent
such balance sheet and profit and loss statement.

         The balance sheets and profit and loss statements shall be filed in the
registered  office of the  Corporation  in this state shall be kept for at least
five (5) years, and shall be subject to inspection  during business hours by any
shareholder or holder of voting trust certificates, in person or by agent.

                                Article VII. Seal
                                -----------------

         The seal of this Corporation shall be circular and shall have inscribed
thereon the name of the Corporation and such other words and figures and in such
design as may be  prescribed  by the Board of  Directors,  and may be facsimile,
engraved, printed or an impression or other type seal.

                        Article VIII. Amendment of Bylaws
                        ---------------------------------

         These Bylaws may be altered,  amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be
adopted, by the Board of Directors.




                                       17

<PAGE>


                             CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION
                             -----------------------

         I hereby certify that the foregoing  Bylaws were duly adopted  pursuant
to action taken by the Board of Directors dated the 9th day of January 1998.



                                        /s/ Robert W. Woodard
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Robert W. Woodard
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

                                       18


                                     <PAGE>



                                   Exhibit 4.1
                        Specimen Common Stock Certificate



                                     <PAGE>

  NUMBER                                                                 SHARES
  ------                                                                 ------
                                    SPECIMEN

                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
               INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA

                                  COMMON STOCK
                                             SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                 *****

is the owner of:           *****

SHARES OF FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK $.01 PAR VALUE PER
SHARE OF PSB  BANCGROUP,  INC. The shares  represented by this  certificate  are
transferable  only on the stock transfer books of the  Corporation by the holder
of record hereof,  or by his duly authorized  attorney or legal  representative,
upon the surrender of this Certificate  properly endorsed.  This Certificate and
the shares  represented  hereby are issued and shall be held  subject to all the
provisions  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the  Corporation  and  any
amendments  thereto  (copies  of which  are on file  with the  Secretary  of the
Corporation),  to all of which  provisions  the  holder  by  acceptance  hereof,
assents.  The shares  evidenced by this Certificate are not of an insurable type
and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PSB BANCGROUP,  INC. has caused this Certificate to
be executed by the signature of its duly authorized  officers and has caused its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

Dated:   *****

                                      SEAL
- -------------------------------                  -------------------------------
                      President                              Secretary/Treasurer



<PAGE>




                                    SPECIMEN

The Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  is  authorized  by  resolution  or
resolutions,  from time to time  adopted,  to provide for the issuance of common
stock.

The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription of the face of this
Certificate,  shall  be  construed  as  though  they  were  written  out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                   <C>
TEN COM --  as tenants in common                      UNIF TRANS MIN ACT -- ______ as Custodian for ______
TEN ENT --  as tenants by the entireties                                    (Cust)                  (Minor)
JT  TEN --  as joint tenants with right of                                   under the ___________ Uniform
            survivorship and not as tenants in common                                               (State)
                                                                                Transfers to Minors Act
                                                                                                        (Shares)
</TABLE>

     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

            For value received hereby sell, assign and transfer unto:

  Please insert social security number
or other identifying number of assignee:
I----------------------------------------I
I                                        I
I                                        I
I----------------------------------------I

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Please print or typewrite name and address
                     including postal zip code of assignee)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


_________________________________________   shares  represented  by  the  within
certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint as the Attorney to
transfer the said shares  _________________________________________ on the books
of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.



<PAGE>


Date ______________, 19 ____


                                           Signature ___________________________

Notice:  The  signature  to this  assignment  must  correspond  with the name as
written upon the face of the Certificate in every particular  without alteration
or enlargement or any change whatever.

                                     <PAGE>



                                   Exhibit 4.2
                          Specimen Warrant Certificate



                                     <PAGE>

                        [ DEFINITIVE FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE ]

Certificate No. ____________                      Number of Warrants:___________


                       WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF
                       COMMON STOCK OF PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
             (See Reverse side for Summary of Terms of Warrant Plan)

         THIS       CERTIFIES        THAT,       for       value       received,
_____________________________________________,  or  registered  assigns,  is the
owner of the number of Warrants  set forth  above,  each of which  entitles  the
owner to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Warrant
Plan  referred  to herein,  at any time  after the date  hereof and prior to the
Expiration Date (as herein defined),  one share of Common Stock, par value $0.01
per share ("Shares"), of PSB BancGroup,  Inc., a Florida corporation ("Company")
at $9.00 per share ("Exercise Price"),  payable in cash, or by cashiers check or
other official bank check, payable to the Company.  Warrants may be exercised by
delivery  and  surrender  of this  Warrant  Certificate,  along with the form of
Election to Exercise on the reverse hereof duly completed and executed  together
with  payment of the  Exercise  Price at the  office of the  Company or its duly
appointed agent.

         This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued
pursuant to and are subject to all of the terms,  provisions  and  conditions of
that certain Warrant Plan dated as of _____________,  1998  (hereinafter  called
the "Warrant Plan"),  adopted by the Company, to all of which terms,  provisions
and  conditions the registered  holder of this Warrant  Certificate  consents by
acceptance  hereof.  The Warrant  Plan and the summary of its terms set forth on
the reverse side of this Warrant  Certificate are hereby  incorporated into this
Warrant  Certificate by reference and made a part hereof.  The Warrant Plan sets
forth the terms and conditions under which the exercise price for a Warrant, the
number of shares to be  received  upon  exercise of a Warrant,  or both,  may be
adjusted. Reference is hereby made to the Warrant Plan for a full description of
the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,  duties and immunities hereunder
of the Company and the holders of the Warrant  Certificates or Warrants.  In the
event of any conflict between the provisions of this Warrant Certificate and the
Warrant Plan, the provisions of the Warrant Plan shall control.

         Copies  of  the  Warrant  Plan  are  available  for  inspection  at the
Company's  Office,  or may be obtained  upon  written  request  addressed to the
Secretary,  PSB BancGroup,  Inc., 500 S. First Street, Lake City, Florida 32025.
The Company shall not be required upon the exercise of the Warrants evidenced by
this Warrant  Certificate  to issue  fractions of Warrants or Shares,  but shall
make  adjustments  therefor in cash on the basis of the current  market value of
any fractional interest as provided in the Warrant Plan.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate shall expire at 5:00
p.m. Eastern Standard time on  _______________  or sooner if called by The Board
of Directors  pursuant to the Warrant  Plan.  The day and time of  expiration is
referred to herein as the "Expiration Date".


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PSB BANCGROUP,  INC. has caused this certificate to
be executed by the signature of its duly authorized  officers and has caused its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

Dated:                                                      SEAL



- -----------------------------                  ---------------------------------

                    President                                Secretary/Treasurer


<PAGE>



Summary of Terms of Warrant Plan

         The Warrant Plan provides that,  upon the occurrence of certain events,
the initial  exercise  price set forth on the face of this  Warrant  Certificate
may,  subject to specified  conditions,  be adjusted  (such exercise  price,  as
initially established or as adjusted from time to time, is referred to herein as
the  "Exercise  Price").  If the Exercise  Price is  adjusted,  the Warrant Plan
provides  that the number of shares which can be purchased  upon the exercise of
each Warrant  represented by this Warrant Certificate and the type of securities
or other  property  subject  to  purchase  upon  the  exercise  of each  Warrant
represented  by  this  Warrant   Certificate  are  subject  to  modification  or
adjustment.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate shall be exercisable
until 5:00 p.m.  Local Time on  ____________  or sooner if called in  accordance
with the Warrant Plan.

         In the event that upon any  exercise  the number of Warrants  exercised
shall be fewer than the total number of Warrants represented hereby, there shall
be issued  to the  holder  hereof  or his  assignee  a new  Warrant  Certificate
evidencing the Warrants not so exercised.

         No payment or adjustment will be made for any cash  dividends,  whether
paid or declared, on any shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant. The Company
shall not be required to issue  fractions  of shares or any  certificates  which
evidence  fractional  shares. In lieu of a fractional share, if any, there shall
be paid  to the  registered  holder  of a  Warrant  with  regard  to  which  the
fractional share would be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction
of the current  market value (as  determined  pursuant to the Warrant Plan) of a
share.

         The Company may deem and treat the  registered  holder of this  Warrant
Certificate as the absolute owner hereof and of the Warrants represented by this
Warrant Certificate  (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing
hereon made by anyone) for the purposes of any exercise of such Warrants and for
all other  purposes,  and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

         Prior  to  the  exercise  of  the  Warrants   represented  hereby,  the
registered holder of this Warrant Certificate,  shall not be entitled to vote on
or be deemed the holder of Common Stock or any other  securities  of the Company
which may at any time be issuable on the exercise  hereof for any  purpose,  and
nothing  contained  in the Warrant  Plan or herein  shall be construed to confer
upon the holder of this Warrant Certificate,  any of the rights of a stockholder
of the Company or any right to vote for the  election of  directors  or upon any
matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,  or to give or withhold
consent to any corporate  action  (whether upon any  recapitalization,  issue of
stock,  reclassification  of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no
par value, consolidation,  merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice
of meetings or other actions  affecting  stockholders or to receive dividends or
subscription rights or otherwise.

         Upon surrender of this Warrant  Certificate with the form of Assignment
below duly  completed  and  executed,  and subject to the transfer  restrictions
contained  in the  Warrant  Plan,  a new  Warrant  Certificate  or  Certificates
representing the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate will be issued
to the  transferee;  provided,  however,  that if the registered  holder of this
Warrant  Certificate  elects to transfer fewer than all Warrants  represented by
this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new Warrant  Certificate  for the Warrants not so
transferred will be issued to such registered holder. This Warrant  Certificate,
together with other  Warrant  Certificates,  may be exchanged by the  registered
holder  for  another   Warrant   Certificate   or   Certificates   of  different
denominations, of like tenor and representing in the aggregate Warrants equal in
number  to the  same  full  number  of  Warrants  represented  by  this  Warrant
Certificate and any other Warrant Certificate so exchanged.


                              [Form of Assignment]

         For   value   received______hereby   sells,   assigns   and   transfers
unto_______this  Warrant  Certificate and all right, title and interest therein,
and to the Warrants represented thereby, and does hereby irrevocably  constitute
and  appoint________  attorney,  to transfer said Warrant represented by Warrant
Certificate  number  ________of PSB BancGroup,  Inc. on the books of The Company
with full power of substitution in the premises.


                         Dated: .......................................199__.

                          ....................................................
                          NOTE:  The above  signature must  correspond  with the
                          name written upon the face of this Warrant Certificate
                          in every particular, without alteration or enlargement
                          or any change whatever.

Signature Guaranteed:



<PAGE>


                         [Form Of Election To Exercise]

   The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise______Warrants evidenced
by this Warrant Certificate,  to purchase_______full  shares of the Common Stock
of the Company  ("Shares") and herewith  tenders  payment for such Shares in the
amount of $________in  accordance with the terms hereof.  The undersigned hereby
acknowledges  receipt of a  Prospectus,  including  amendments  and  supplements
thereto  relating  to the  Offering  of  the  Common  Stock  to be  acquired  in
connection with this  transaction.  The undersigned  requests that a certificate
representing  such  shares be  registered  in the name  of_________and  that the
Certificate be delivered to_______, whose address is________. If said Shares are
fewer than all the Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a
new Warrant  Certificate  evidencing  the right to  purchase  the balance of the
Shares  be  registered  in the  name  of________,  whose  address  is________and
delivered to________, whose address is .

                                   Dated: .............................19__.


                                          ..................................
                                                 Social Security Number

Name of Registered holder of Warrant...........................................
                                                 (Please Print)


Address: ......................................................................
                                                 (Please Print)

Signature......................................................................
         NOTE: The above signature must correspond with the name as written upon
         the  face of this  Warrant  Certificate  in every  particular,  without
         alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.  If the holder hereof
         is hereby  electing to exercise fewer than all Warrants  represented by
         this  Warrant   Certificate  and  is  requesting  that  a  new  Warrant
         Certificate  evidencing  the Warrants not  exercised be registered in a
         name other than that in which this Warrant  Certificate  is registered,
         the  signature  of the  holder  of  this  Warrant  Certificate  must be
         guaranteed.


Signature Guaranteed:



                                     <PAGE>



                                   Exhibit 4.5
                       Warrant Plan adopted by the Company
                               on January 9, 1998


                                     <PAGE>
                                  WARRANT PLAN
                                       AS
                        ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                       OF
                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                                       ON
                                 JANUARY 9, 1998

================================================================================


                                    ARTICLE I
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

         The  Board  of  Directors  of  PSB  BancGroup,   Inc.  ("Company")  has
determined  that it is in the best interests of the Company to issue Warrants to
purchase the  Company's  Common Stock in connection  with the Company's  initial
public offering of Common Stock. The Company proposes to issue 500,000 shares of
Common  Stock and  Warrants to purchase  Common  Stock in Units.  Each Unit will
contain one share of Common  Stock and one or more  Warrants  which will entitle
the holder thereof to purchase  additional Common Stock.  Therefore the Board of
Directors,  in order to provide for the above,  has adopted  this  Warrant  Plan
("Plan") on the date set forth herein.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                SCOPE OF THE PLAN

         Section 1. Definitions. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise,
the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

                  a. "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  b. "Call  Date" means the date  established  by the Board upon
                  which some or all of the Warrants must be exchanged for shares
                  and if not so exchanged upon which such Warrants shall expire.

                  c.  "Common  Stock"  means the $0.01 par value common stock of
                  the Company.

                  d. "Expiration  Date" shall be 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time
                  on the  fourth  annual  anniversary  date  of the  date of the
                  Warrant  Certificate or 5:00 p.m. on the Call Date,  whichever
                  comes sooner.

                  e.  "Organizer"  means those persons who were  Shareholders of
                  the Company on or before December 31, 1997.


                                        1

<PAGE>



                  f. "Plan"  means this  Warrant Plan as adopted by the Board on
                  January 9, 1998 as set forth  herein and as amended  from time
                  to time.

                  g. "Warrant" means the right to purchase  additional shares of
                  Common Stock.

                  h.  "Warrant  Certificate"  means the evidence of ownership of
                  Warrants,   as   executed   and  issued  by  the   Company  in
                  substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

         Section 2. Warrants.  There is hereby authorized 733,000 Warrants, each
of which  shall be  redeemable  for one  share of Common  Stock of the  Company.
Warrants  shall be included  only in Units offered by the Company in its Initial
Stock  Offering.  Any Warrants not issued in  connection  with the Initial Stock
Offering  shall  automatically  expire.  Two Warrants shall be included in Units
offered to  Organizers  and one Warrant  shall be  included in Units  offered to
Non-organizers. Warrants may be redeemed by the Board at anytime after their one
year anniversary.

         Section 3. Call Option.  The Board may call some or all of the Warrants
issued  and  outstanding  anytime  after  the  expiration  of a 12 month  period
following  the date  such  Warrants  are  issued.  Warrants  may be  called on a
pro-rata basis, or in their entirety,  from all Warrant holders.  If such action
is taken by the Board, each Warrant holder shall be given written notice thereof
and shall have 45 days from the date of such  notice to  present to the  Company
the Warrants so called,  along with payment  therefore as required in Section 10
herein.  Warrants not presented for exchange  during this period shall expire at
5:00 p.m. on the 45th day following the date of such notice.

         Section 4. Form of Warrants.  The certificates  evidencing the Warrants
(the "Warrant  Certificates")  shall be  substantially  in the form set forth in
Exhibit A attached hereto, and may have such letters,  numbers or other marks of
identification  or  designation  and such  legends,  summaries  or  endorsements
printed,  lithographed or engraved  thereon as the Company may deem  appropriate
and as are not inconsistent  with provisions of this Plan, or as may be required
to comply with any law, or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto, or
to conform to usage.  Each  Warrant  Certificate  shall  entitle the  registered
holder thereof,  subject to the provisions of this Agreement and of such Warrant
Certificate, to purchase one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock
for each Warrant evidenced by such Warrant Certificate, at $9.00 per share.

         Section 5. Issuance of Warrants.  The Warrant  Certificates when issued
shall be dated and signed on behalf of the  Company,  manually  or by  facsimile
signature, by its Chairman of the Board or President, and by its Secretary or an
Assistant  Secretary  under its corporate seal, if any. The seal of the Company,
if any, may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed,
imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Warrants.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         Section 6. Registration of Warrant Certificates; Registered Owners. The
Company  shall  maintain or cause to be  maintained  books for  registration  of
ownership  and  transfer  of  ownership  of  the  Warrant   Certificates  issued
hereunder.  Such books  shall  show the names and  addresses  of the  respective
holders of the Warrant Certificates and the number of Warrants evidenced by each
such Warrant  Certificate.  The Company may deem and treat the registered holder
of a Warrant  Certificate  as the  absolute  owner  thereof and of the  Warrants
evidenced  thereby  (notwithstanding  any notation of ownership or other writing
thereon made by anyone),  for the purpose of any  exercise of such  Warrants and
for all other  purposes,  and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to
the contrary.

         Section 7.  Registration  of Transfers and  Exchanges.  Warrants may be
transferred by a holder only in connection  with the transfer of an equal number
of shares of Common  Stock.  The Company shall  transfer from time to time,  any
outstanding  Warrants  upon the books to be  maintained  by the Company for that
purpose,  upon surrender of the Warrant  Certificate  evidencing  such Warrants,
with the Form of  Assignment  duly filled in and executed and  accompanied  by a
Common Stock Certificate evidencing an equal number of shares to be transferred,
to the  Company,  at its office in Lake  City,  Florida at any time prior to the
Expiration  Date.  Upon  receipt  of a  Warrant  Certificate,  with  the Form of
Assignment  duly completed and executed,  the Company shall  promptly  deliver a
Warrant Certificate or Certificates  representing an equal aggregate full number
of Warrants to the transferee;  provided, however, in case the registered holder
of any  Warrant  Certificate  shall  elect  to  transfer  fewer  than all of the
Warrants  evidenced by such Warrant  Certificate,  the Company in addition shall
promptly  deliver  to  such  registered  holder  a new  Warrant  Certificate  or
Certificates for the full number of Warrants not so transferred.

         Subject to Section 9 hereof,  any Warrant  Certificate or  Certificates
may be exchanged at the option of the holder thereof for Warrant Certificates of
different  denominations (subject to a minimum denomination of 100 warrants), of
like tenor and  representing in the aggregate the same number of Warrants,  upon
surrender  of  such  Warrant  Certificate  or  Certificates,  with  the  Form of
Assignment duly completed and executed, on or prior to the Expiration Date.

         The Company shall not effect any transfer or exchange which will result
in the issuance of a Warrant Certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

         Section 8. Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost or Stolen Warrant Certificates.
Upon receipt by the Company of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to them of the
loss, theft,  destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate,  and, in the
case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  receipt by the  Company of  indemnity  or
security  reasonably  satisfactory  to them,  and  reimbursement  to them of all
reasonable  expenses incidental  thereto,  and, in the case of mutilation,  upon
surrender and cancellation of the Warrant Certificate, the Company shall deliver
a new Warrant  Certificate of like tenor  representing in the aggregate the same
number of Warrants.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         Section 9. Payment of Taxes.  With respect to any Warrant,  the Company
will pay all documentary  stamp taxes  attributable  to the initial  issuance of
shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrant; provided, however, that
the  Company  shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable
in  respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the  issue  of  any  Warrant  or any
certificates  for  shares  of  Common  Stock in a name  other  than  that of the
registered  holder of the Warrant or Warrant  Certificate  surrendered  upon the
exercise of a Warrant, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver
such Warrant or  certificates  unless or until the person or persons  requesting
the  issuance  thereof  shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax if
any, or shall have  established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax
if required, has been paid.

         Section 10. Exercise,  Purchase Price and Duration of Warrants. Subject
to the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the holder of a Warrant  shall have the
right to purchase from the Company (and the Company shall issue and sell to that
holder) one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock for each Warrant
at the  initial  exercise  price of $9.00 per share  (subject to  adjustment  as
provided in Section 12 hereof),  upon the  surrender of the Warrant  Certificate
evidencing  such Warrant  Agent on any  business day prior to 5:00 p.m.  Eastern
Standard Time on the Expiration  Date,  with the Form of Election to Exercise on
the reverse  thereof duly  completed and  executed,  and payment of the Exercise
Price in lawful money of the United States of America in cash or by cashiers' or
certified  check  payable to the Company.  The exercise  price and the shares of
Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of a Warrant shall be subject to adjustment
from time to time in the  manner  specified  in  Section  12 and,  as  initially
established  or as so adjusted,  are referred to herein as the "Exercise  Price"
and the "Shares",  respectively.  The Warrants shall be so exercisable either as
an  entirety  or from  time to time in part at the  election  of the  registered
holder  thereof  except  that  the  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  issue
certificates in denominations  of less than 100 shares.  In the event that fewer
than all Warrants  evidenced by a Warrant  Certificate are exercised at any time
prior to 5:00 p.m.  Eastern  Standard Time on the Expiration  Date a new Warrant
Certificate will be issued for the Warrants not so exercised.

         No  payments  or  adjustments  shall be made  for any  cash  dividends,
whether paid or declared, on Shares issuable on the exercise of a Warrant.

         No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon exercise of a
Warrant,  but, in lieu thereof,  there shall be paid to the registered holder of
the Warrant  Certificate  evidencing such Warrant or other person  designated on
the Form of Election to Exercise as soon as practicable after date of surrender,
an amount in cash equal to the  fraction of the current  market value of a share
of Common Stock equal to the fraction of a share to which such Warrant  related.
For such purpose,  the current  market value of a share of Common Stock shall be
the book value of the Common  Stock as of the last day of the month  immediately
preceding the date of the Election to Exercise.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         Subject to Section 9 hereof,  upon surrender of a Warrant  Certificate,
with the Form of Election to Exercise duly completed and executed, together with
payment of the  Exercise  Price,  the  Company  shall issue and deliver the full
number of Shares  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  tendered for exercise.
Shares shall be deemed to have been issued,  and any person so designated by the
registered  holder  shall be deemed  to have  become  the  holder of record of a
Share,  as of the date of the surrender of the Warrant  Certificate to which the
Share relates and payment of the appropriate Exercise Price; provided,  however,
if the date of surrender of a Warrant  Certificate shall occur within any period
during which the transfer  books for the  Company's  Common Stock are closed for
any  purpose,  such person shall not be deemed to have become a holder of record
of a Share until the opening of business on the day of reopening  said  transfer
books,  and  certificates  representing  such Shares shall not be issuable until
such day.

         Section  11.  Reservation  of  Shares.  The  Company  will at all times
reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of the aggregate of
its  authorized  but unissued  Common  Stock,  for the purpose of enabling it to
satisfy any  obligation to issue Shares upon  exercise of Warrants,  through the
close of business on the Expiration Date, the number of Shares  deliverable upon
the exercise of all outstanding Warrants.

         The  Company  covenants  that all Shares  issued  upon  exercise of the
Warrants will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,  be
fully paid and non-assessable.

         The  shares   allocated   for  such   Warrants  will  be  included  for
Registration under the Securities Act of 1993, and Rule 415 adopted  thereunder,
in a  registration  of  securities  expected to be filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission in January, 1998.

         Section  12.   Adjustment  of  Exercise  Price  and  Number  of  Shares
Purchasable.  The Exercise Price and the number of Shares which may be purchased
upon the  exercise of each Warrant are subject to  adjustment  from time to time
upon the occurrence,  after the date hereof,  if the Company shall (i) declare a
dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of common stock,  (ii)  subdivide
the  outstanding  Common Stock into a greater  number of shares or (iii) combine
the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,  then the Exercise
Price in effect on the record date for that dividend or on the effective date of
that subdivision or combination, and/or the number and kind of shares of capital
stock  issuable  on that date,  shall be  proportionately  adjusted  so that the
holder of any  Warrant  exercised  after such time shall be  entitled to receive
solely the aggregate  number and kind of shares of capital  stock which,  if the
Warrant had been  exercised  immediately  prior to that date,  such holder would
have  owned  upon  exercise  and been  entitled  to  receive  by  virtue of that
dividend,  subdivision, or combination.  The foregoing adjustments shall be made
by the Company successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.


                                        5

<PAGE>


         Section 13.  Notices to Warrant  Holders.  Upon any  adjustment  to the
Exercise Price pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company within twenty calendar
days thereafter shall cause to be given to the registered holders of outstanding
Warrant  Certificates  at their  respective  addresses  appearing on the Warrant
Certificate  register  written notice of the  adjustments  by first-class  mail,
postage  prepaid.  Where  appropriate,  the notice  may be given in advance  and
included  as a part  of  the  notice  required  to be  mailed  under  the  other
provisions of this Section 12.

         Section 14.  Supplements and  Amendments.  The Company may from time to
time supplement or amend this Agreement without the consent or concurrence of or
notice to any holders of Warrant  Certificates  or Warrants in order to cure any
ambiguity,   to  correct  or  supplement  any  provision  herein  which  may  be
inconsistent   with  any  other  provision  herein,  to  correct  any  defective
provision,  clerical omission, mistake or manifest error herein contained, or to
make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under this
Agreement  which shall not be  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the Warrant
Certificates; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests
of the holders of the Warrant Certificates or Warrants. Other amendments to this
Agreement  may be  approved  by a vote of at least 66 percent  of the  Company's
shares.

         Section  15.  Governing  Law.  This Plan and each  Warrant  Certificate
issued  hereunder  shall be deemed to be a  contract  made under the laws of the
State of Florida  and for all  purposes  shall be  governed  by,  construed  and
enforced in accordance with the laws of said State.

         Section  16.  Benefits  of This  Plan.  Nothing  in this Plan  shall be
construed  to give to any person or  corporation  other than the Company and the
registered  holders  of the  Warrant  Certificates  or  Warrants  any  legal  or
equitable  right,  remedy or claim  under this Plan;  this Plan shall be for the
sole and  exclusive  benefit of the  Company and the  registered  holders of the
Warrant Certificates.

         Adopted by the Board of Directors of PSB BancGroup, Inc. on the 9th day
of January, 1998.

                                             ATTEST:



                                             /s/ Robert W. Woodard
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Robert W. Woodard
                                             President



                                        6



                                     <PAGE>



                                   Exhibit 5.1
                       Opinion of Igler & Dougherty, P.A.



                                     <PAGE>

Board of  Directors
January 2, 1997
Page 1

                             IGLER & DOUGHERTY, P.A.
                                Attorneys at Law
                              1501 PARK AVENUE EAST
                           TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA 32301
                                    --------
Winter Park Office                                                  Tampa Office
     -------                                                          ------
Federal Trust Bank Building (850) 878-2411 TELEPHONE     Park Tower - Suite 2625
1211 Orange Avenue          (850) 878-1230 FACSIMILE      400 North Tampa Street
Winter Park, Florida 32789                                  Tampa, Florida 33602
(407) 647-0822 - Telephone                            (813) 307-0510 - Telephone
(407) 647-8089 - Facsimile                            (813) 307-0415 - Facsimile

                          REPLY TO: TALLAHASSEE OFFICE
                                 January 6, 1998



Board of Directors
PSB BancGroup, Inc.
220 South First Street
Lake City, Florida 32025

Gentlemen:

         You have  requested our opinion in connection  with the proposed  stock
offering of up to  1,333,000  shares of Common  Stock,  par value $.01 per share
(the  "Common  Stock")  by PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.,  ("Company")  through a public
offering.

         In preparation of this opinion, we have reviewed the Company's Articles
of  Incorporation,  its  Bylaws,  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 filed on
behalf of the Company with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") on
January __, 1998, and all exhibits thereto (the  "Registration  Statement").  We
have also examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to
our  satisfaction,  of such  documents  and corporate  and other  records,  have
obtained such certificates,  letters, representations,  and information from the
officers  and  directors  of  the  Company  and  from  others,   and  made  such
examinations  of law as we have deemed  necessary.  In connection with rendering
the  opinions  set forth  below,  we have  assumed that the Company will conduct
business primarily in Florida.

         Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that:

         1. The Company has been duly organized and is validly  existing in good
standing as a corporation  under the laws of Florida,  with corporate  power and
authority  to own its  property  and conduct its  business as now  conducted  as
described in the Registration Statement;

         2. The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be issued in accordance
with  the  terms  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  constituting  a  part  of the
Registration  Statement  are  validly  authorized  and,  when (a) the  pertinent
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and such "blue- sky" and securities law
as may be applicable  have been complied with, (b) the  subscription  agreements
for such shares have been properly accepted, and (c) such shares have been duly


<PAGE>


Board of  Directors
January 2, 1997
Page 2
delivered  against payment  therefore as  contemplated  by the Prospectus,  such
shares will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.

         We  understand  that you may wish to include this Opinion as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement, and we consent to such inclusion. Furthermore, we
consent to the  references to this firm's name in the Company's  Prospectus  and
any and all amendments thereto.

                                             Sincerely,
                                             Igler & Dougherty, P.A.


                                     <PAGE>



                                  Exhibit 10.1
                    Employment Agreement dated June 27, 1997,
                    between the Company and Robert W. Woodard


                                     <PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                                  BY AND AMONG
                               PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                                       AND
                       PEOPLES STATE BANK IN ORGANIZATION
                                       AND
                                ROBERT W. WOODARD

         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is being entered into this 28th
day of July,  1997,  by and among PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.,  a Florida  Corporation
("PSB"),  Peoples State Bank, in  organization  ("Bank"),  and Robert W. Woodard
("Employee").  PSB and the Bank  are  collectively  referred  to  herein  as the
"Company"  and the Company and Employee are  collectively  referred to herein as
the "Parties".


                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS,  the Company  wishes to retain  Employee as its  President and
Chief  Executive  Officer to perform  the  duties  and  responsibilities  as are
described in this Agreement and as the Company's  Boards of Directors  ("Board")
may assign to Employee from time to time; and

         WHEREAS, Employee desires to be employed by the Company and to serve as
the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer in  accordance  with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual  agreements  contained
herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto represent, warrant, undertake,
covenant and agree as follows:

                                 OPERATIVE TERMS

         1. Employment and Term. PSB shall employ Employee and Employee shall be
employed  pursuant  to the  terms of this  Agreement  to  perform  the  services
specified  in  Section 2  herein.  The term of  employment  shall be for two (2)
years,  commencing on June 16, 1997 (the "Effective  Date"),  and terminating on
June 16, 1999,  unless  extended or terminated  pursuant to the  provisions  set
forth herein.  The Board of Directors of PSB shall review this Agreement and the
Employee's  performance  hereunder  on or before  June 16,  1998,  and  annually
thereafter, in order to determine whether to extend the Agreement for a one-year
period. The decision to extend the term of this Agreement for an additional year
is within the sole discretion of the Board.

         2.  Position,  Responsibilities  and  Duties.  During  the term of this
Agreement,  Employee  shall serve in the following  capacities and shall fulfill
the following responsibilities and duties:

                  (a) PSB: Employee shall serve as President and Chief Executive
         Officer  of PSB,  through  election  by the  Board.  In such  capacity,
         Employee  shall  provide  leadership,  direction  and guidance of PSB's
         activities  to assure short and  long-range  profitability.  Initially,
         Employee  shall work  diligently  in the formation of the Peoples State
         Bank, a new state-chartered commercial bank to be located in Lake City,
         Florida.

                                        1

<PAGE>



                  (b) When Bank Commences Operations:  Employee shall also serve
         as the  Bank's  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  when the Bank
         commences  operations,  subject  to  selection  by the  Board.  In such
         capacity,   Employee   shall   have  the  same   powers,   duties   and
         responsibilities  of  supervision  and  management  of the Bank usually
         accorded  to the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of  similar
         financial  institutions.  In  addition,  Employee  shall  use his  best
         efforts to perform the duties and  responsibilities  enumerated in this
         Agreement and any other duties assigned to Employee by the Board and to
         utilize and develop  contacts and  customers to enhance the business of
         the Bank.  Specifically,  Employee  shall devote his full business time
         and attention  and use his best efforts to  accomplish  and fulfill the
         following duties and responsibilities, as well as other duties assigned
         to Employee from time to time by the Board:

                           (i)      manage all personnel of the Bank;

                           (ii)     serve as a member of the Board of Directors,
                                    if and when elected to such a position;

                           (iii)    serve  on such  committees  of the  Board as
                                    appointed to from time to time;

                           (iv)     keep  the  Board   informed   of   important
                                    developments  concerning the Bank,  industry
                                    developments   and  regulatory   initiatives
                                    affecting the Bank;

                           (v)      maintain  adequate  expense records relating
                                    to  Employee's   activities  on  the  Bank's
                                    behalf;

                           (vi)     establish and implement marketing efforts to
                                    increase the business of the Bank;

                           (vii)    supervise  all  loans  and  assist  in their
                                    proper servicing and resolution  through the
                                    management of the Bank's human and financial
                                    resources;

                           (viii)   improve  the  profitability  of the  Bank in
                                    accordance  with the Annual Business Plan as
                                    prepared  by  management  and adopted by the
                                    Board;

                           (ix)     coordinate  with the  Bank's  attorneys  and
                                    accountants  and other service  providers to
                                    the extent necessary to further the business
                                    of the  Bank,  keeping  in  compliance  with
                                    government    laws   and   regulations   and
                                    otherwise  keeping  the  Bank  in as  good a
                                    financial and legal posture as possible; and


                                        2

<PAGE>



                           (x)      conduct and undertake all other  activities,
                                    responsibilities,    and   duties   normally
                                    expected to be undertaken  and  accomplished
                                    by the President and Chief Executive Officer
                                    of a financial  institution similar in scope
                                    and operation to our business.

                  (b) General  Duties:  During the term of this  Agreement,  and
         except for illness,  vacation periods and leaves of absences,  Employee
         shall devote all of his working time, attention, skill and best efforts
         to  accomplish  and  faithfully  perform all of the duties  assigned to
         Employee on a full-time  basis.  Employee shall, at all times,  conduct
         himself in a manner  that will  reflect  positively  upon the  Company.
         Employee shall obtain such licenses,  certificates,  accreditations and
         professional memberships and designations as the Company may reasonably
         require. Employee shall join and maintain membership in such social and
         civic  organizations  as  Employee or the Board  deems  appropriate  to
         foster the Company's contacts and business network in the community.

                  (c)  Policies and Manual:  Employee  agrees to comply with the
         policies and procedures that are adopted by the Company and implemented
         from time to time as described in the Employee  Manual,  including  any
         policies  relating to a "drug free work place". In that regard Employee
         agrees to submit to the same testing procedures, if any, which apply to
         all  employees of the Company.  Employee has read and  understands  the
         contents of the  Employee  Manual and  acknowledges  that the  Employee
         Manual may be modified, amended,  supplemented and updated from time to
         time as may be deemed appropriate.

         3. Compensation.  During the term of this Agreement,  Employee shall be
compensated as follows:

                  (a) Base Salary: Until the Bank commences operations, Employee
         shall be compensated  by PSB.  Employee shall receive an initial annual
         salary of  Sixty-Seven  Thousand Five Hundred  Dollars  ($67,500)  (the
         "Base  Salary") in equal  installments,  in  accordance  with  standard
         payroll  practices,  reduced  appropriately  by deductions  for federal
         income  withholding  taxes,  social security taxes and other deductions
         required  by  applicable  laws.  Such  base  salary  shall be  reviewed
         annually by the Board of Directors.

                  (b) Additional Compensation:  Upon commencement of operations,
         the Bank may pay Employee incentive  compensation when and if the Board
         adopts an incentive compensation plan. The maximum payment for any such
         incentive  compensation  would be up to 50 percent of the Base  Salary,
         payable on such terms and conditions as the Board  determines from time
         to time and adopts by resolution.

                  (c) Other Benefit  Plans:  During the term of this  Agreement,
         the  Employee  will be  entitled  to  participate  in and  receive  the
         benefits  of  any   profit-sharing   plans,   401(k)  plans,   deferred
         compensation  plans, or other plans,  benefits and privileges  given to
         

                                        3

<PAGE>



         employees  and  executives of the Company which are currently in effect
         at the  execution of this  Agreement  or which may come into  existence
         thereafter  to the  extent  the  Employee  is  otherwise  eligible  and
         qualifies to so participate in and receive such benefits or privileges.
         Nothing paid to the Employee under any plan or arrangement presently in
         effect or made available in the future shall be deemed to be in lieu of
         the Base Salary payable to the Employee pursuant to Section 3 herein.

                  (d)  Incentive  Stock  Options:  The  Company  will  designate
         Employee as a key employee  eligible  for the grant of incentive  stock
         options under the PSB Bancorp, Inc., 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock
         Option Plan").  In that connection,  the Company will grant to Employee
         under the terms of the Stock  Option  Plan,  an option to acquire up to
         10,000 shares of PSB common stock, over a ten-year period. The grant of
         the stock options  shall be made strictly in accordance  with the terms
         of the Stock Option Plan and in accordance with the Company's  standard
         form of Stock  Option  Agreement.  The options will contain an exercise
         price of $9 per share and will vest 20 percent per year  beginning with
         the year of grant. As part of the  consideration for the Stock Options,
         Employee agrees that for a period of twenty-four  (24) months following
         any event of  termination  defined  herein,  Employee  will not  accept
         employment with any existing or proposed  business  organization  which
         then  competes  or intends  to compete  with the  Company  anywhere  in
         Columbia County, Florida.

         4.  Payment of  Business  Expenses.  Employee  is  authorized  to incur
reasonable  expenses in  performing  his  duties.  The  Company  will  reimburse
Employee  for  authorized  expenses,  according  to  the  Company's  established
policies,  promptly after Employee's presentation of an itemized account of such
expenditures, including mileage at the Internal Revenue allowed rate for the use
of Employee's personal automobile.

         5. Vacation.  Employee is entitled to four (4) weeks paid vacation time
per year on a  non-cumulative  basis  beginning the first fiscal year  following
commencement of operations.

         6.       Bank  Benefits.

                  (a) Medical  Benefits:  Employee is entitled to participate in
         all medical and health care benefit  plans  through  health  insurance,
         corporate funds,  medical  reimbursement  plans or other plans, if any,
         provided, or to be provided, by the Bank for its employees.

                  (b) Provision of  Automobile:  The Bank will provide  Employee
         with an automobile allowance, to be determined immediately prior to the
         Bank's commencement of operations.  In addition thereto, Employee shall
         be  reimbursed  for the pro rated  operating and  maintenance  expenses
         attributed to Bank business.

                  (c) Club and  Organization  Memberships:  The Bank will pay an
         annual  membership  fee for  Employee  at the Lake City  Country  Club.
         Employee shall comply with all  applicable  federal income tax laws and
         regulations  governing Employee's personal use of the country club. The
         

                                        4

<PAGE>



         Bank  will  also pay  Employee's  membership  costs  in other  clubs or
         organizations  when such membership will benefit the Bank as determined
         by the Board of Directors.

                  (d)  Employee  shall  maintain  records of both  business  and
         personal use of such  facilities  and  automobile  use and shall submit
         those records to the Bank monthly.

         7.       Disability/Illness.

                  (a) Illness:  Employee  shall be paid his full Base Salary for
         any period of his illness or incapacity:  provided that such illness or
         incapacity  does not render Employee unable to perform his duties under
         this Agreement for a period longer than three (3)  consecutive  months.
         At  the  end  of  such  three-month  period,  the  Bank  may  terminate
         Employee's employment and this Agreement.

                  (b) Disability: If the Bank terminates this Agreement pursuant
         to Employee's  disability as determined under Section 7(a) herein,  the
         Bank shall pay to Employee, as a disability payment, an amount equal to
         Employee's  monthly Base Salary,  payable in accordance with the Bank's
         standard  payroll  practices,  commencing  on  the  effective  date  of
         Employee's termination and ending on the earlier of:

                           (i)      the  date  Employee  returns  to  full  time
                                    employment  in his  capacity  as the  Bank's
                                    President;

                           (ii)     Employee's  full time  employment by another
                                    financial institution;

                           (iii)    three  (3)  months  after  the  date of such
                                    termination,  after which  Employee  will be
                                    entitled  to  receive   benefits  under  any
                                    disability  insurance  plan  provided by the
                                    Bank; or

                           (iv)     the date of Employee's death.

         The  Company may satisfy its  obligations  under this  Section,  at its
         option, through the purchase of disability insurance. The provisions of
         such policy will control the amounts paid to Employee.  Such disability
         insurance will be coordinated  with any disability plans made available
         to Employee pursuant to Section 6 herein.

                  (c) Continuation of Coverages: During any period of illness or
         disability,   the  Bank  will  continue  any  other  life,  health  and
         disability  coverages  for  Employee  substantially  identical  to  the
         coverages  maintained  prior to Employee's  termination for disability.
         Such coverages shall cease upon the earlier of:

                           (i)      Employee's  full time  employment by another
                                    financial institution;


                                        5

<PAGE>



                           (ii)     one  (1)  year   after   the  date  of  such
                                    termination    (with   the    exception   of
                                    disability insurance coverage); or

                           (iii)    the date of Employee's death.

                  (d) No Reduction  in Base  Salary:  During the period in which
         Employee is disabled or subject to illness or incapacity, other than as
         described  in Section  7(b)  herein,  there  shall be no  reduction  in
         Employee's Base Salary.

         8. Death During Employment. In the event of Employee's death during the
term of this Agreement, the Company's obligation to Employee shall be limited to
the portion of  Employee's  compensation  which would be payable up to the first
working  day  of the  first  month  after  Employee's  death,  except  that  any
compensation  payable to  Employee  under any  benefit  plan  maintained  by the
Company will be paid pursuant to its terms.

         9.       Termination.

                  (a) Failure of Bank to Commence  Operations:  In the event the
         Bank fails to commence  operations  for any reason on or before July 1,
         1998,  this  Agreement  may be  terminated by PSB upon thirty (30) days
         written notice to Employee.

                  (b)  Illness,   Incapacity  or  Death:  This  Agreement  shall
         terminate upon  Employee's  illness,  incapacity or death in accordance
         with the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 herein.

                  (c)  Termination  for Just Cause:  The Company  shall have the
         right, at any time, upon prior written notice of termination satisfying
         the  requirements  of Section 11 herein,  to terminate  the  Employee's
         employment  hereunder,  including  termination for just cause.  For the
         purpose of this Agreement, termination for just cause shall mean any of
         the following acts committed by Employee:

                           (i)      Personal dishonesty;

                           (ii)     Incompetence;

                           (iii)    A pattern of socially unacceptable behavior;

                           (iv)     Willful misconduct;

                           (v)      Breach of fiduciary duty involving  personal
                                    profit;

                           (vi)     Intentional   failure  to   perform   stated
                                    duties;


                                        6

<PAGE>



                           (vii)    Willful   violation  of  any  law,  rule  or
                                    regulation (other than traffic violations or
                                    similar     offenses)     or    any    final
                                    cease-and-desist order; or

                           (viii)   Material  breach  of any  provision  of this
                                    Agreement.

                  For  purposes of this  Section,  no act, or failure to act, on
         the  Employee's  part shall be  considered  "willful"  unless done,  or
         omitted  to be done,  by him not in good faith and  without  reasonable
         belief  that his action or  omission  was in the best  interest  of the
         Company;  provided  that any act or omission to act by the  Employee in
         reasonable reliance upon an opinion of counsel to the Company shall not
         be deemed to be willful.  In the event  Employee is terminated for just
         cause,  Employee shall have no right to  compensation or other benefits
         for any period after such date of termination.

                  (d) Effective  Date of  Termination:  The  termination of this
         Agreement  and  Employee's  employment  shall  be  effective  upon  the
         delivery to Employee of written  notice or at such later time as may be
         specified in such notice,  and Employee  shall  immediately  vacate the
         Bank premises on or before such effective date.

                  (e) Involuntary Termination:  If the Employee is terminated by
         the Company,  other than for just cause or in connection  with a change
         in  control  of the  Company  (as  defined  in  Section  9[g]  herein),
         Employee's   right  to  compensation  and  other  benefits  under  this
         Agreement shall be as set forth in Sections 9(h)(i) and 9(i) herein. In
         the event the Employee is  terminated  in  connection  with a change in
         control of the  Company,  Employee's  right to  compensation  and other
         benefits  under  this  Agreement  shall  be as set  forth  in  Sections
         9(h)(ii) and 9(i) herein.

                  (f)  Termination  for Good Reason:  Employee may terminate his
         employment  hereunder for good reason by giving  written  notice to the
         Board of  Directors  or the  Chairman  thereof.  For  purposes  of this
         Agreement,  "good  reason"  shall mean (i) a failure by the  Company to
         comply with any material provision of this Agreement, which failure has
         not  been  cured  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after a  notice  of such
         noncompliance has been given by the Employee to PSB or the Company;  or
         (ii)  subsequent  to a change in control  as  defined  in Section  9(g)
         herein and without the Employee's  express written consent,  any of the
         following  shall occur:  the  assignment  to the Employee of any duties
         inconsistent with the Employee's  positions,  duties,  responsibilities
         and  status  with PSB and the  Bank  immediately  prior to a change  in
         control; a change in the Employee's reporting responsibilities,  titles
         or offices as in effect immediately prior to a change in control of PSB
         or the Bank;  any  removal  of the  Employee  from,  or any  failure to
         re-elect the Employee to, any of such  positions,  except in connection
         with a termination of employment for just cause, disability,  death, or
         removal  pursuant to Sections  9(b) or 9(c) herein;  a reduction in the
         Employee's annual salary as in effect  immediately prior to a change in
         control;  the  failure  of the Bank to  continue  in effect  any bonus,
         benefit or compensation  plan, life insurance plan, health and accident
         plan or disability plan in which the Employee is  participating  at the
         

                                        7

<PAGE>



         time of a change in  control  of PSB or the Bank,  or the taking of any
         action by PSB or the Bank which would  adversely  affect the Employee's
         participation in or materially reduce the Employee's benefits under any
         of such plans, or the transfer of the Employee to any location  outside
         of Columbia County,  Florida or the assignment of substantial duties to
         the Employee to be completed outside Columbia County, Florida.

                  (g) Change in  Control:  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a
         change in control  shall mean a change in  ownership of stock in PSB or
         the Bank.  A "change in  control"  for  purposes of this  Agreement  is
         defined to mean an event where a person:

                  (i)      Acquires  more than 25 percent of any class of voting
                           stock of PSB or the Bank;

                  (ii)     Acquires  irrevocable proxies  representing more than
                           25 percent of any class of voting stock of PSB;

                  (iii)    Acquires   any   combination   of  voting  stock  and
                           irrevocable proxies representing more than 25 percent
                           of any class of voting stock of PSB; or

                  (iv)     Controls in any manner the  election of a majority of
                           the directors of PSB or the Bank.

                  (h)      Severance Payment:

                           (i) If the Employee  shall  terminate his  employment
                  for good reason as defined in Section 9(d)  herein,  or if the
                  Employee  is  terminated  by the  Company  for other than just
                  cause  pursuant to Section  9(e)  herein,  then in lieu of any
                  further salary payments to the Employee for periods subsequent
                  to the  date  of  termination,  Employee  shall  be  paid,  as
                  severance, an amount which would equal Employee's total annual
                  compensation  for the remainder of the term of the  Agreement,
                  plus any incentive compensation which Employee would have been
                  entitled to hereunder;

                           (ii) In the event Employee's employment is terminated
                  as a result of a change in  control  or a change in control of
                  PSB or the  Bank  occurs  within  twelve  (12)  months  of the
                  Employees' involuntary termination, Employee shall be entitled
                  to a  severance  payment  equal  to  Employee's  total  annual
                  compensation  for the remainder of the term of the  Agreement,
                  plus any incentive compensation which Employee would have been
                  entitled to hereunder;

                           (iii) Any payment under Section  9(h)(i) and 9(h)(ii)
                  shall be made in substantially equal semi-monthly installments
                  on the  fifteenth  and last days of each  month  until paid in
                  full.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                  (i)  Additional   Severance   Benefits:   Unless  Employee  is
         terminated for just cause pursuant to Section 9(e) herein,  pursuant to
         Section 10(b) herein, or pursuant to a termination of employment by the
         Employee for other than good reason, the Company shall maintain in full
         force and effect,  for the  continued  benefit of the  Employee for the
         remaining term of this Agreement,  or twelve (12) months  (whichever is
         longer),  all employee benefit plans and programs in which the Employee
         was  entitled  to  participate   immediately   prior  to  the  date  of
         termination;   provided,   however,   that  the  Employee's   continued
         participation  is possible  under the general  terms and  provisions of
         such plans and programs. Further, the Company shall pay for the same or
         similar  benefits if such  benefits are available to the employee on an
         individual  or group  basis as a result  of  contractual  or  statutory
         provisions requiring or permitting such availability including, but not
         limited to, health insurance covered under COBRA.

                  (j) Mitigation: Employee shall not be required to mitigate the
         amount of any payment  provided  for in Sections  9(h) and 9(i) of this
         Agreement by seeking other employment.

         10.  Required  Provisions  by  Regulation.  The  Company  and  Employee
acknowledge  that the laws and  regulations  governing the Parties  require that
certain  provisions be provided in each  employment  agreement with officers and
employees  of  the  Bank.  The  Parties  agree  to be  bound  by  the  following
provisions:

                  (a)  Suspension:  If the  Employee  is  suspended  from office
         and/or temporarily  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
         Bank's affairs  pursuant to actions taken by the Florida  Department of
         Banking and Finance  ("DOBF") or by notice served under Section 8(e)(3)
         or Section  8(g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12
         U.S.C.   Section  1818[e][3]  and  Section   1818[g][1]),   the  Bank's
         obligations  under this Agreement  shall be suspended as of the date of
         service,  unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in
         the notice are dismissed, the Bank may, in its discretion:  (i) pay the
         Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its obligations
         under this Agreement were suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in
         part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (b)  Permanent  Prohibition:  If the  Employee is removed from
         office and/or permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct
         of PSB and the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued by the DOBF or by an
         order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or Section  8(g)(1) of the FDIA (12
         U.S.C.  Sections  1818[e](4] and [g][1]),  all  obligations of the Bank
         under this  Agreement  shall  terminate as of the effective date of the
         order, but vested rights of the Employee and the Bank as of the date of
         termination shall not be affected.

                  (c)  Golden  Parachute:  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee
         pursuant  to  this  Agreement,   or  otherwise,   are  subject  to  and
         conditioned  upon their  compliance with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k) and
         any regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                        9

<PAGE>



                  (d) Default Under FDIA: If the Bank is in default,  as defined
         in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  Section  1813[x][1]) to mean
         an  adjudication  or  other  official  determination  by any  court  of
         competent jurisdiction, the appropriate federal banking agency or other
         public  authority  pursuant to which a  conservator,  receiver or other
         legal custodian is appointed for the Bank, all  obligations  under this
         Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default,  but vested rights
         of the Employee and the Bank as of the date of termination shall not be
         affected.

         11.      Notice of Termination.

                  (a) Employee's  Notice:  Employee  shall have the right,  upon
         prior written  notice of termination of not less than thirty (30) days,
         to terminate his employment  hereunder.  In such event,  Employee shall
         have no right after the date of  termination to  compensation  or other
         benefits as provided in this Agreement,  unless such termination is for
         "good  reason",  as defined in Section  9(e)  herein.  If the  Employee
         provides  a  notice  of  termination  for  good  reason,  the  date  of
         termination  shall be the date on which the  notice of  termination  is
         given.

                  (b) Specificity:  Any termination of the Employee's employment
         by the Company or by Employee shall be  communicated  by written notice
         of  termination  to the  other  party  hereto.  For  purposes  of  this
         Agreement,  a "notice of  termination"  shall mean a dated notice which
         shall: (i) indicate the specific termination provision in the Agreement
         relied  upon;  (ii) set  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  facts  and
         circumstances  claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's
         employment  under the provision so  indicated;  and (iii) set forth the
         date of termination,  which shall be not less than thirty (30) days nor
         more than  forty-five  (45) days after such  notice of  termination  is
         given,  except in the case of termination of the Employee's  employment
         for just  cause,  in which case date of  termination  shall be the date
         such notice of termination is given.

                  (c) Delivery of Notices:  All notices  given or required to be
         given herein  shall be in writing,  sent by United  States  first-class
         certified or  registered  mail,  postage  prepaid,  by way of overnight
         carrier or by hand  delivery.  If to the Employee (or to the Employee's
         spouse or estate upon the  Employee's  death)  notice  shall be sent to
         Employee's last-known address, and if to Employer, notice shall be sent
         to the  Chairman  of the  Board at the  main  office  of PSB.  All such
         notices  shall  be  effective  when  deposited  in the mail if sent via
         first-class  certified or registered  mail, or upon delivery if by hand
         delivery  or sent via  overnight  carrier.  The  Parties,  by notice in
         writing,  may  change or  designate  the place for  receipt of all such
         notices.

         12.  Post-Termination  Obligations.  The Company  shall pay to Employee
such compensation as is required pursuant to this Agreement;  provided, however,
any such payment  shall be subject to Employee's  post-termination  cooperation.
Such cooperation shall include the following:


                                       10

<PAGE>



                  (i) Employee shall furnish such  information and assistance as
         may be  reasonably  required  by the  Company  in  connection  with any
         litigation or settlement of any dispute between the Company, a borrower
         and/or any other third parties (including without limitation serving as
         a witness in court or other proceedings);

                  (ii) Employee shall provide such  information or assistance to
         the Company in connection with any regulatory  examination by any state
         or federal regulatory agency;

                  (iii)  Employee  shall keep the  Company's  trade  secrets and
         other  proprietary or  confidential  information  secret to the fullest
         extent practicable, subject to compliance with all applicable laws.

         13. Fees and  Kickbacks.  It shall be  considered a material  breach of
this Agreement if Employee receives:  (i) either directly or indirectly any fee,
kickback,  or thing of value in connection with any loan made by the Company; or
(ii)  any  portion,  split or  percentage  of any  charge,  either  directly  or
indirectly,  given to or accepted by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate,
in connection with any loan made by the Company or its affiliates;  or (iii) any
fee,  kickback or compensation of any kind in connection with the  participation
by the Company in any loan from any other source.

         14.  Indebtedness.  If  during  the  term of this  Agreement,  Employee
becomes  indebted  to the  Company  for any  reason,  the  Company  may,  at its
election, set off and collect any sums due Employee out of any amounts which the
Company  may  owe  Employee   from  his  Base  Salary  or  other   compensation.
Furthermore,  upon the termination of this Agreement,  all sums owed by Employee
shall become  immediately  due and payable.  Employee shall pay all expenses and
attorney's  fees actually or  necessarily  incurred by the Company in connection
with any  collection  proceeding  for  Employee's  indebtedness  to the Company.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, any indebtedness to the Company secured by
a  mortgage  on  Employee's  residence  shall not be  subject  to the  foregoing
provisions,  and  shall  be  governed  by the  loan  documents  evidencing  such
indebtedness.

         15. Maintenance of Trade Secrets and Confidential Information. Employee
shall use his best efforts and utmost  diligence to guard and protect all of the
Company's trade secrets and confidential information. Employee shall not, either
during the term or after  termination of this  Agreement,  for whatever  reason,
use, in any capacity,  or divulge or disclose in any manner, to any Person,  the
identity  of  the  Company's  customers,  or  its  customer  lists,  methods  of
operation,  marketing and promotional methods, processes,  techniques,  systems,
formulas,  programs or other trade secrets or confidential  information relating
to the Company's  business.  Upon  termination  of this  Agreement or Employee's
employment, for any reason, Employee shall immediately return and deliver to the
Company all records  and papers and all  matters of whatever  nature  which bear
trade secrets or confidential information relating to the Company.





                                       11

<PAGE>



         16.      Competitive Activities.

                  (a)  Limitation on Outside  Activities:  Employee  agrees that
         during the term of this  Agreement,  except with the express consent of
         the  Board,  Employee  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  engage or
         participate  in,  become a  director  of, or render  advisory  or other
         services for, or in connection  with, or become  interested in, or make
         any financial investment in any firm,  corporation,  business entity or
         business enterprise competitive with or to any business of the Company;
         provided,  however,  that Employee shall not be precluded or prohibited
         from  owning  passive   investments,   including   investments  in  the
         securities of other financial  institutions,  so long as such ownership
         does  not  require  Employee  to  devote  other  than  minimal  time to
         management or control of the business or  activities in which  Employee
         has invested.

                  (b) Agreement Not to Compete:  Employee  acknowledges  that by
         virtue of his  employment  with the Company,  Employee  will acquire an
         intimate  knowledge  of the  activities  and  affairs  of the  Company,
         including  trade  secrets  and other  confidential  matters.  Employee,
         therefore,  agrees  that during the term of this  Agreement,  and for a
         period  of  twenty-four   (24)  months  following  the  termination  of
         Employee's  employment  hereunder,  Employee shall not become employed,
         directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, independent contractor,
         consultant,  or otherwise,  in the financial services industry with any
         business  enterprise  or  business  entity,  or Person who  competes or
         intends  to  compete  directly  or  indirectly  with any  office of the
         Company located in Columbia County, Florida.

                  Employee    hereby   agrees   that   the   duration   of   the
         anticompetitive  covenant  set  forth  herein  is  reasonable,  and its
         geographic scope is not unduly restrictive.

         17.      Remedies for Breach.

                  (a)  Arbitration:  The  Parties  agree  that,  except  for the
         specific  remedies for  injunctive  relief and other  equitable  relief
         contained in Subsection  16(b) and (c) below,  any controversy or claim
         arising  out of or relating to this  Agreement  or any breach  thereof,
         including,  without  limitation,  any claim that this  Agreement or any
         portion  thereof is invalid,  illegal or otherwise  voidable,  shall be
         submitted  to binding  arbitration  before and in  accordance  with the
         rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  and judgment  upon the
         determination  and/or  award of such  arbitrator  may be entered in any
         court having jurisdiction thereof. Provided,  however, that this clause
         shall not be  construed  to permit  the award of  punitive  damages  to
         either  party.  The  prevailing  party  to said  arbitration  shall  be
         entitled  to an award  of  reasonable  attorney's  fees.  The  venue of
         arbitration shall be in Columbia County, Florida.

                  (b) Injunctive Relief: The Parties  acknowledge and agree that
         the  services to be  performed  by Employee  are special and unique and
         that money damages cannot fully  compensate the Company in the event of
         Employee's violation of the provisions of Section 16 of this Agreement.
         

                                       12

<PAGE>



         Thus,  in the  event  of a  breach  of any of the  provisions  of  such
         Section,  Employee agrees that the Company, upon application to a court
         of  competent   jurisdiction,   shall  be  entitled  to  an  injunction
         restraining Employee from any further breach of the terms and provision
         of such  Section.  Should the Company  prevail in an action  seeking an
         injunction  restraining  Employee,  Employee  shall  pay all  costs and
         reasonable  attorneys  fees  incurred by the Company in and relating to
         obtaining  such  injunction.  Such  injunctive  relief may be  obtained
         without bond and Employee's  sole remedy,  in the event of the entry of
         such injunction, shall be the dissolution of such injunction.  Employee
         hereby  waives any and all claims for damages by reason of the wrongful
         issuance of any such injunction.

                  (c) Cumulative  Remedies:  Notwithstanding any other provision
         of this  Agreement,  the injunctive  relief  described in Section 17(b)
         herein and all other remedies  provided for in this Agreement which are
         available  to the  Company  as a result  of  Employee's  breach of this
         Agreement,  are in addition to and shall not limit any and all remedies
         existing at or in equity which may also be available to the Company.

         18.  Assignment.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the Employee,  and to the extent  applicable,  his heirs,  assigns,
executors, and personal  representatives,  and to the Company, and to the extent
applicable,  its successors,  and assigns,  including,  without limitation,  any
person,  partnership,  or corporation which may acquire all or substantially all
of the Company's  assets and business,  or with or into which the Company may be
consolidated  or  merged,  and this  provision  shall  apply in the event of any
subsequent   merger,   consolidation,   or  transfer,   unless  such  merger  or
consolidation or subsequent merger or consolidation is a transaction of the type
which would result in termination under Sections 10(c) and 10(d) herein.

         19.      Miscellaneous.

                  (a)  Amendment  of  Agreement:  Unless as  otherwise  provided
         herein, this Agreement may not be modified or amended except in writing
         signed by the Parties.

                  (b) Certain Definitions:  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
         following  terms whenever  capitalized  herein shall have the following
         meanings:

                           (i)      "Person"  shall  mean  any  natural  person,
                                    corporation,    partnership    (general   or
                                    limited),  trust,  association  or any other
                                    business entity.

                           (ii)     "Attorneys  Fees"  shall  include  the legal
                                    fees and disbursements  charged by attorneys
                                    and  their   related   travel  and   lodging
                                    expenses,  court costs, paralegal fees, etc.
                                    incurred in settlement,  trial, appeal or in
                                    bankruptcy proceedings.

                  (c) Headings for Reference  Only: The headings of the Sections
         and the Subsections herein are included solely for convenient reference
         and shall not control the meaning of the  interpretation  of any of the
         provisions of this Agreement.

                                       13

<PAGE>



                  (d) Governing Law/Venue:  This Agreement shall be construed in
         accordance  with  and  governed  by the laws of the  State of  Florida.
         Notwithstanding  the Provisions of Section 19(a) herein,  venue for any
         litigation  involving  the  Parties  and their  rights and  obligations
         hereunder shall be brought in any appropriate court in Columbia County,
         Florida.

                  (e)  Severability:  If any of the provisions of this Agreement
         shall be held invalid for any reason,  the remainder of this  Agreement
         shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect
         in accordance with the remainder of its terms.

                  (f) Entire  Agreement:  This Agreement and all other documents
         incorporated or referred to herein, contain the entire agreement of the
         Parties  and  there  are  no  representations,   inducements  or  other
         provisions other than those expressed in writing herein. This Agreement
         amends,  supplants and supersedes any and all prior agreements  between
         the Parties.  No modification,  waiver or discharge of any provision or
         any breach of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing
         signed by both Parties. A Party's waiver of the other Party's breach of
         any provision of this Agreement, shall not operate, or be construed, as
         a waiver of any  subsequent  breach of that  provision  or of any other
         provision of this Agreement.

                  (g)  Waiver:  No course of conduct by the  Company or Employee
         and no delay or omission  of the  Company or  Employee to exercise  any
         right or power  given  under  this  Agreement  shall:  (i)  impair  the
         subsequent exercise of any right or power, or (ii) be construed to be a
         waiver of any default or any  acquiescence  in or consent to the curing
         of any default while any other default shall  continue to exist,  or be
         construed  to be a waiver of such  continuing  default  or of any other
         right or power that shall  theretofore  have  arisen.  Any power and/or
         remedy  granted by law and by this Agreement to any party hereto may be
         exercised from time to time,  and as often as may be deemed  expedient.
         All such rights and powers shall be  cumulative  to the fullest  extent
         permitted by law.

                  (h) Pronouns:  As used herein,  words in the singular  include
         the plural,  and the masculine  include the feminine and neuter gender,
         as appropriate.

                  (i) Recitals:  The Recitals set forth at the beginning of this
         Agreement  shall be deemed to be  incorporated  into this  Agreement by
         this reference as if fully set forth herein,  and this Agreement  shall
         be interpreted with reference to and in light of such Recitals.




                          [Signatures Follow This Page]

                                       14

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first written above.

PSB BancGroup, Inc.                   Peoples State Bank in Organization



By:    /s/ Alton C. Milton            By:    /s/ Alton C. Milton
     -------------------------               ---------------------
       Alton C. Milton                       Alton C. Milton
       Chairman of the Board                 Proposed Chairman of the Board

  /s/ David D. King                          /s/ David D. King
  ----------------------------               ---------------------
  Witness                                    Witness


Employee

  /s/ Robert W. Woodard
- --------------------------------------
Robert W. Woodard

  /s/ David D. King
- --------------------------------------
Witness


                                       15

                                     <PAGE>



                                  Exhibit 10.2
                        Agreement to Lease Real Property
                          including assignement to Bank


                                     <PAGE>

                       THIS FORM HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE
                     FLORIDA ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS(R) AND
                                THE FLORIDA BAR.

         Contract for Sale and Purchase
         FLORIDA ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS(R) AND THE FLORIDA BAR.


PARTIES:  ________INTERSTATE SUPPLY, INC.___________________________ ("Seller"),

of __________________________________________________ (Phone) _________________,

and  ______PSB BANCGROUP, INC._______________________________________ ("Buyer"),

of __________________________________________________ (Phone) _________________,
hereby agree that Seller shall sell and Buyer shall buy the following  described
Real Property and Personal Property  (collective  "Property") upon the following
terms and  conditions,  which  include  Standards  for Real Estate  Transactions
("Standard(s)")  on the reverse  side hereof or attached  heretoi and riders and
addenda to this Contract for Sale and Purchase ("Contract").

I.     DESCRIPTION:

       (a) Legal  description of the Real Property  located in Columbia  County,
       Florida:  A portion of Lots 25 & 26 of Moodie's  Addition as described in
       Schedule "A" attached.

       (b) Street address, city, zip, of the Property is:  South 1st Street

       (c) Personal Property:  None
       

II.    PURCHASE PRICE:  ............................................$ 170,000.00
       PAYMENT:

       (a) Deposit held in escrow by Terry McDavid in the amount of....$5,000.00

       (b) Additional escrow deposit to be made within ____ days after Effective
       Date (as defined in Paragraph III) in the amount of $ ___________________

       (c) Subject to AND  assumption  of existing  mortgage in good standing in
       favor of  ______________________  having an approximate present principal
                                                 balance of........$ ___________

       (d)  Purchase  money  mortage  and note to Seller (see  addendum)  in the
                                                 amount of ...........$ ________

       (e) Other:  ___________________________________$ _______________________

       (f) Balance to close by U.S. cash,  LOCALLY DRAWN  certified or cashier's
       check  or  third-party   loan,   subject  to  adjustments  or  prorations
                                                                     $165,000.00

III. TIME FOR ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER:  EFFECTIVE DATE; FACSIMILE:  If this offer is
not executed by and  delivered to all parties OR FACT OF EXECUTION  communicated
in writing  between  the parties on or before  _____  11-10-97  __________,  the
deposit(s) will, at Buyer's option,  be returned and this offer  withdrawn.  The
date of  Contract  ("Effective  Date") will be the date when the last one of the
Buyer and Seller has signed this offer.  A facsimile  copy of this  Contract and
any signatures thereon shall be considered for all purposes as originals.

IV.    FINANCING:

       (a) If the  Purchase  Price  or any  part  of it is to be  financed  by a
       third-party  loan,  this  Contract is  conditioned  on Buyer  obtaining a
       written commitment within _____ days after Effective Date for (CHECK ONLY
       ONE): |_| a fixed;  |_| an adjustable;  or |_| a fixed or adjustable rate
       loan in the  principal  amount  of  $___________________,  at an  initial
       interest rate not to exceed ________%,  discount and origination fees not
       to exceed ______% of principal amount,  and for a term of ________ years.
       Buyers will make  application  within _____ days after Effective Date and
       use reasonalbe diligence to obtain a loan commitment and, thereafter,  to
       satisfy terms and conditions of the commitment and close the loan.  Buyer
       shall pay all loan  expenses.  If Buyer fails to obtain a  commitment  or
       fails to waive Buye'rs rights under this subparagraph within the time for
       obaining a commitment or, after diligent effort,  fails to meet the terms
       and  conditions  of the  commitment,  then either  party  thereafter,  by
       written notice to the other,  may cancel this Contract and Buyer shall be
       refunded  the  deposit(s);  or (b) The  existing  mortgage  described  in
       Paragraph  II(c),  above,  has (CHECK ONLY ONE): |_| a variable  interest
       rate; or |_| a fixed interest rate of _____% per annum.  At time of title
       transfer,   some  fixed  interest  rates  are  subject  to  increase;  if
       increased,  the rate shall not exceed  ______% per annum.  Seller  shall,
       within _____ days after  Effective  Date,  furnish a statement  from each
       mortgagee stating the principal balance, method of payment, interest rate
       and status of  mortgage.  If Buyer has agreed to assume a mortgage  which
       requires approval of Buyer by mortgagee for assumption,  then Buyer shall
       promptly  obtain the necessary  application  and diligently  complete and
       return  it to the  mortgagee.  Any  mortgagee  charge(s)  not  to  exceed
       $___________________  shall be paid by Buyer. If Buyer is not accepted by
       mortgagee or the  requirements  for assumption are not in accordance with
       the terms of this  Contract or mortgagee  makes a charge in excess of the
       stated  amount,  Seller or Buyer may  rescind  this  Contract  by written
       notice to the other party  unless  either  elects to pay the  increase in
       interest rate or excess mortgage charges.

V. TITLE EVIDENCE: At least 5 days before closing date, but not earlier than N/A
days after Seller receives written notification that Buyer has obtained the loan
commitment  or has  been  approved  for  the  loan  assumption  as  provided  in
Paragarphs  IV(a)  or (b),  above,  or,  if  applicable,  waived  the  financing
requirements,  (CHECK ONLY ONE):  |_| abstract of titlle or |X| title  insurance
commitment  (with legible  copies of instruments  listed as exceptions  attached
thereto) and, after closing, an owner's policy of title insurance.

VI.  CLOSING  DATE:  This  transaction  shall be  closed  and the deed and other
closing papers delivered on 4-1-98 , unless modified by other provisions of this
Contract.

VII. RESTRICTIONS;  EASEMENTS;  LIMITATIONS:  Buyer shall take title subject to:
comprehensive  land use  plans,  zoning,  restrictions,  prohibitions  and other
requiements  imposed  by  governmental   authority;   restrictions  and  matters
appearing on the plat or otherwise  common to the  subdivision;  public  utility
easements of record  (easements  are to be located  contiguous  to Real Property
lines and not more than 10 feet in width as to the rear or front lines and 7 1/2
feet in width as to the side lines,  unless otherwise stated herein);  taxes for
year of closing and  subsequent  years;  assumed  mortgages  and purchase  money
mortgages,  if any (if additional  items,  see addendum);  provided,  that there
exists at closing no  violation  of the  foregoing  and none  prevent use of the
Property for a bank purpose(s).

VII.  OCCUPANCY:  Seller  warrants that there are no parties in occupancy  other
than  Seller;  but if  Property  is  intended  to be rented or  occupied  beyond
closing,  the fact and terms  thereof and the  tenant(s) or  occupants  shall be
disclosed  pursuant to Standard F. Seller shall deliver occupancy of Property to
Buyer at time of closing unless otherwise  stated herein.  If occupancy is to be
delivered before closing,  Buyer assumes all risks of loss to Property from date
of occupancy,  shall be responsible and liable for  maintenance  from that date,
and shall be deemed to have  accepted  Property in its existing  condition as of
time of taking occupancy unless otherwise stated herein.

IX.   TYPEWRITTEN   OR  HANDWRITTEN   PROVISIONS:   Typewritten  or  handwritten
provisions,  riders and addenda  shall  control all printed  provisions  of this
Contract in conflict with them.

X. RIDERS:  (CHECK those  riders which are  applicable  AND are attached to this
Contract):

       (a) |_| COASTAL CONSTRUCTION CONTROL LINE       
       (b) |_| CONDOMINIUM                             
       (c) |_| FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN REAL PROPERTY TAX ACT  
       (d) |_| VA/FHA
       (e) |_| INSULATION
       (f) |_| "AS IS"
       (g) |_| HOMEOWNERS' ASSOCIATION DISCLOSURE
       (h) |_| RESIDENTIAL LEAD-BASED HAZARD DISCLOSURE
       (i) |_| ________________________________________________

XI.  ASSIGNABILITY:  (CHECK  ONLY  ONE):  Buyer |_| may  assign  and  thereby be
released from any further liability under this Contract;  |X| may assign but not
be  released  from  liability  under this  Contract;  or |_| may not assign this
Contract.

XIII.  DISCLOSURES:
       (a) Randon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that when accumulated
       in a building  in  sufficient  quantities  may  present  health  risks to
       persons  who are  exposed  to it over time.  Levels of radon that  exceed
       federal and state  guidelines  have been found in  bujildings in Florida.
       Additional  infomraiton  regarding Radon or Radon testing may be obtained
       from your County Public Health unit.  (b) Buyer may have  determined  the
       eneery efficiency rating of the residential  building,  if any is located
       on the  Real  Property.  (c)  If  the  Real  Property  includes  pre-1978
       residential housing then Paragarph X (h) is mandatory.

XIII.  MAXIMUM  REPAIR COSTS:  Seller shall not be  responsible  for payments in
excess of:

       (a) $ N/A for treatment and repair under Standard D (if blank, then 2% of
       the Purchase Price).
             

       (b) $ N/A for repair and replacement  under Standard N (if blank, then 3%
       of the Purchase Price).
             

XIV. SPECIAL CLAUSES;  ADDENDA:  If additional terms are to be provided,  attach
addendum and CHECK HERE |X|.

   THIS IS INTENDED TO BE A LEGALLY BINDING CONTRACT. IF NOT FULLY UNDERSTOOD,
                SEEK THE ADVICE OF AN ATTORNEY PRIOR TO SIGNING.
     THIS FORM HAS BEEN APRPOVED BY THE FLORIDA ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS AND
                                THE FLORIDA BAR.

       Approval does not constitute an opinion that any of the terms and
        conditions in this Contract should be accepted by the parties in
            a particular transaction. Terms and conditiosn should be
         negotiated based upon the respecitve interests, objectives and
                 bargaining positions of all interested persons.

    COPYRIGHT 1995 BY THE FLORIDA BAR AND THE FLORIDA ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS


/s/ Robert W. Woodard  10/20/97      /s/ Glenn Owens  10/20/97
- ---------------------  --------      ---------------  --------
(Buyer)                 (Date)       (Seller)         (Date)

Social Security or Tax I.D.# __________  Social Security or Tax I.D.# __________

- ---------------------  --------      ---------------  --------
(Buyer)                 (Date)       (Seller)         (Date)

Social Security or Tax I.D.# __________  Social Security or Tax I.D.# __________

Depsoit  under  Paragarph II (a) received;  IF OTHER THAN CASH,  THEN SUBJECT TO
CLEARANCE.  ______________________ (Escrow Agent) BROKER'S FEE: The broker named
below,  including listing and cooperating brokers, are the only brokers entitled
to compensation in connection with this Contract:

Name:    ________________________             __________________________________
         Listing Broker                       Cooperating Brokers, if any

FAR/BAR-4A Revised 12/95            

RIDERS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE FLORIDA ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS(R)OR THE FLORIDA
BAR

<PAGE>


6                              ADDENDUM TO CONTRACT

         1. Buyers  obligation to close shall be contingent upon Buyer obtaining
approval from the State of Florida,  Department of Banking and Finance, and from
the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation for a bank charter, and upon approval
by the Florida Department of Transportation for driveways accessing the property
off South lst Street in locations  consistent with Buyer's  building plans prior
to closing.  If Buyer is unable to obtain such approvals by April 1, 1998, Buyer
may terminate this contract and be released from further  obligations  hereunder
but the deposit shall not be refunded to Buyer.

         2. Environmental  Matters:  To the best knowledge and belief of Seller,
no  hazardous  or  regulated  substances,  including,  but not limited to: toxic
substances or  pollutants;  all as defined under state or federal law, have been
generated,  used, stored, treated or disposed of, on or below the surface of the
property.  There are no environmental  enforcement actions pending or threatened
against  Seller  by any  governmental  agency,  state,  local or  federal,  with
reference to either air, water, ground or hazardous waste pollution with respect
to the property. Buyer shall have the right to enter the property from and after
the effective date hereof to conduct such tests as Buyer may deem appropriate to
satisfy Buyer that the representations of Seller contained in this paragraph are
true and correct.

         Buyer may cause to be made such environmental site assessments as Buyer
may,,; deem  appropriate,  provided that Buyer shall be responsible for and hold
Seller  harmless from any and all liability  arising from Buyer's entry upon the
property, including any damages caused to any persons or property resulting from
such  tests  of  assessments,  provided  further  that  Buyer  shall  be  solely
responsible for the payment of all costs and expenses thereof. In the event such
tests show that there are any violations of any state,  local or federal laws or
regulations relating to hazardous or regulated substances,  Buyer shall promptly
notify  Seller and furnish  Seller a copy of all written  reports  submitted  to
Buyer with respect thereto.  Seller shall then have a period of thirty (30) days
after receipt of said reports to determine  whether it is economically  feasible
for Seller to correct  such  violations.  Seller  shall notify Buyer within such
thirty (30) day period of Seller's  decision  with respect to the curing of such
violations,  and if Seller notifies Buyer that it is not  economically  feasible
for Seller to do so, Seller shall  promptly  return the deposit made herewith to
Buyer and this contract shall be null,  void and of no further force and effect.
If Seller  proceeds  to cure such  violations,  Seller  shall  proceed  with due
diligence to do so and the date for closing shall be extended accordingly.


                                        /s/ Glenn Owens, President
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                             INTERSTATE SUPPLY, INC.
                                       ----------------------------------------

                                                "Seller"


                                        /s/ Robert W. Woodard, President
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                             PSB BANCGROUP, INC.
                                       ----------------------------------------

                                                 "Buyer"


FAR/BAR-4A Revised 12/95            

RIDERS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE FLORIDA ASSOCIATION OF REALTORS(R)OR THE FLORIDA
BAR



                                     <PAGE>



                                  Exhibit 23.2
                    Consent of Hacker, Johnson, Cohen & Grieb


                                     <PAGE>


                                               Accountants' Consent




PSB BancGroup, Inc.
Lake City, Florida:

         We  consent  to the use of our  report  dated  December  5, 1997 on the
balance  sheet of PSB  BancGroup,  Inc.  as of October  31, 1997 and the related
statements of  operations,  stockholders'  deficit and cash flows for the period
from June 30,  1997 to October  31,  1997,  included  in the  Prospectus  of the
Registration Statement of PSB BancGroup,  Inc. on Form SB-2 and to the reference
to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus.




HACKER, JOHNSON, COHEN & GRIEB PA
Tampa, Florida
January 12, 1998



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from financial
statements at October 31, 1997 and for the period from June 30, 1997 (date of
incorporation) to October 31, 1997 and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to such financail statements.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   4-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-31-1997
<CASH>                                             107
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                               0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                          0
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                              0
<ALLOWANCE>                                          0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     112
<DEPOSITS>                                           0
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                                  0
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                         112
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                     112
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                      0
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                    1
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                     0
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                     1
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                   0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                                1
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                        0
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                     67
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                   (66)
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                        (66)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                      (66)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                       0
<LOANS-NON>                                          0
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                     0
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                        0
<RECOVERIES>                                         0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                    0
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                 0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission